Democracy Spraffa

Appendix B - Liveable Places

Perth and Kinross Council · 5 March 2025
Back to Perth and Kinross Council — 5 March 2025 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Some pages contain no extractable text. They may be blank, graphics or scanned pages. OCR has not been applied.

Page 1

Perth and Kinross LDP3 2027
Draft Evidence Report Appendix B Liveable Places
March 2025

Page 2

Issue: Design, Quality and Place
Corresponding NPF4 Policy/Policies:
• National Planning Framework 4, Policy 14: Design, quality and place
• Other key NPF4 policy connections – All other NPF4 policies
Corresponding Perth and Kinross LDP3 Topic Paper:
Topic Paper 018: Design, Quality and Place
(https://consult.pkc.gov.uk/communities/topicpapers/supporting_docume
nts/TP018_DesignQualityandPlace.pdf) 
Information required by the Act and NPF4 regarding the topic:
Section 15(5) of The Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997, as
amended:
• The principal physical, cultural, economic, social, built heritage, and
environmental characteristics of the district.
Policy 14 of NPF4 expects the following from LDPs:
• LDPs should be place-based and created in line with the Place
Principle.  The spatial strategy should be underpinned by the six
qualities of successful places.  LDPs should provide clear expectations
for design, quality and place taking account of the local context,
characteristics, and connectivity of the area.  They should also
identify where more detailed design guidance is expected, for
example, by way of design frameworks, briefs, masterplans, and
design codes. 
Planning authorities should use the Place Standard Tool in the
preparation of LDPs and design guidance to engage with
communities and other stakeholders.  They should also where
relevant promote its use in early design discussions on planning
applications.
The Policy Intent of Policy 14 is noted as:
• To encourage, promote and facilitate well designed development that
makes successful places by taking a design-led approach and applying
the Place Principle. 
The Policy Outcomes are:
• Quality places, spaces and environments.
• Places that consistently deliver healthy, pleasant, distinctive,
connected, sustainable and adaptable qualities. 
The Scottish Government’s Local Development Plan Guidance (May 2023)
under it’s ‘Step by step guide’ provides advice on relevant evidence for the
NPF4 policy topics to help planning authorities in considering the national
planning policies when preparing their Evidence Report.  With respect to
NPF4 Policy 14, the Guidance advises that planning authorities can include
information about the quality of existing places, in reference to the six
qualities of successful places, to develop a useful understanding of how
local places are experienced in the context of wider data about socio-
economic and environmental characteristics.  The Guidance suggests that a
place-based approach identifying the links between design, quality and
place and other relevant policy areas will support this.

Page 3

Links to Evidence:
• Perth and Kinross Council Corporate Plan 2022-2027
LDP Spatial Strategies
• Scottish Government and COSLA’s Place Principle (2019)
• Scottish Government, Creating Places: A policy statement on
architecture and place for Scotland (June 2013)
• Scottish Government, Designing Streets: A Policy Statement for
Scotland (March 2010)
• Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019)
• Scottish Government NPF4: Annex D – Six Qualities of Successful
Places
• Transport Scotland, Sustrans and SCOTS, Cycling by Design 2021
• Scottish Government, Planning Advice Note 83: Master planning
• Perth and Kinross Placemaking Guide Supplementary Guidance (2020)
• Perth and Kinross Consultation Draft Mobility Strategy (2024)
• Perth and Kinross Mobility Strategy Draft Action Plan (2024)
• Scottish Household Survey (SHS)
Understanding Our Local Places
• The Improvement Service, Place Standard Engagement Tool
• Perth and Kinross Council LDP3 Big Place Conversation
• Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (SIMD)
• Scottish Government, Scottish House Condition Survey: Local Authority
Analysis 2017-2019 (February 2021)
• Perth and Kinross Council, Local Housing Strategy (LHS) 2022-2027
• Perth and Kinross Council, LHS Action Plan 2022-2027
• Perth and Kinross LDP2 Design Charettes
• Perth and Kinross Community Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement
Plan) 2022-32
• Perth and Kinross Area Local Action Plans
• Community Action Plans: Meigle and Ardler, Stanley, Alyth, Coupar
Angus, Dunkeld and Birnam, Crieff, Blairgowrie and Rattray, Pitlochry
and Moulin, Muthill and Tullibardine, Auchterarder and Aberuthven,
and St. Fillans.
• Perth and Kinross Council Ward Profiles 
Summary of Evidence:
Perth and Kinross Council Corporate Plan 2022-2027 
Our Local Development Plan 3 (LDP3) will be prepared within the context
of the Council’s Corporate Plan, which sets out the Council’s vision for a
Perth and Kinross ‘where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and
inequality.’  It proposes a number of key priorities for the 5-year period
2022 to 2027.  It also reflects the principles of the Perth and Kinross Offer.   
The Corporate Plan identifies 7 priority areas which the Council feels it can
directly influence and have the most impact upon, and those which are
most important to delivering the Vision for Perth and Kinross.  
Delivery of the Corporate Plan’s Priorities will be underpinned by a set of
Key Principles and delivered through a range of Key Actions.  
LDP Spatial Strategies
The Scottish Government and COSLA's Place Principle (2019)
In 2019 the Scottish Government and COSLA agreed to adopt a Place
Principle to help overcome organisational and sectoral boundaries to
encourage better collaboration and community involvement.  The Place
Principle promotes a shared understanding of place, and the need for
communities, public organisations, and businesses to work together to
achieve better outcomes for people and communities.
The Place Principle says that we recognise that:

Page 4

• Place is where people, location and resources combine to create a
sense of identity and purpose and is at the heart of addressing the
needs of communities and helping them realise their full potential. 
Places are shaped by the way resources, services and assets are
directed and used by people who live in and invest in them.
• A more joined-up, collaborative and participative approach to services,
land, and buildings, across all sectors within a place, helps support
better outcomes for all, and increased opportunities for people and
communities to shape their own lives.
The Principle requests that:
• All those responsible for providing services and looking after assets in a
place need to work and plan together and with local communities, to
improve the lives of people, support inclusive and sustainable
economic growth, and create more successful places. 
Scottish Government, Creating Places: A policy statement on architecture
and place for Scotland (June 2013)
This policy statement outlines the Scottish Government’s position on
architecture and place.  Part One looks at the value of architecture and
place and sets out what ‘good design’ is; the key qualities of successful
places, and the value good buildings and places can bring to individuals,
society and Scotland.  It explores – 
• What quality places mean to people and communities, and how a
successful place is accessible to all, and encourages people to
connect with one another, helping to create communities which are
sage, socially stable and resilient.   
• The issue of sustainable development, and why it is important to
design sustainable buildings and sustainable places to help reduce
carbon emissions, maximise energy efficiency and climate resilience,
make our buildings more flexible in the longer term, improve the
health and wellbeing of our communities, and create more attractive,
accessible and well-connected places. 
• How well-designed buildings and places can help boost the economy
through attracting visitors, workers and investors. 
• The positive health benefits that can be realised through design, by
increasing human connectedness, and provided access to good
quality greenspace, safe streets and places for children to play
outdoors.
• The links between our natural and built environments and our
national culture and identity, and how the quality of our assets not
only adds to Scotland’s international image, helping to attract visitors
and investors, but through working together to conserve our rich
national assets, we can create a positive legacy for future generations
to continue to enjoy. 
• The importance of landscapes; the need to manage landscape
change in a well-planned and considered way that is appropriate to
the location, and recognising how landscape design is an integral part
of placemaking. 
Part Two of the policy statement deals with ‘Consolidation and Ambition’. 
It considers how the Scottish Government’s ambition for architecture and
place can be delivered through involving communities in a meaningful way
and emphasises that working across different disciplines and sectors is
crucial to achieve best possible outcomes. 
Part Three sets out a strategy “to enable architecture and place policy to
better articulate with a range of related policy areas and, in doing so,
achieve greater positive physical change.  The strategy’s key themes and
their associated policies are:

Page 5

1. Architecture and Planning - Everyone responsible for Scotland’s built
and natural environment must recognise that architecture and places
are not simply elements of the planning process – they are among
the most important outcomes that the process exists to support, and
their quality should be a priority.
2. Investment: Decisions Informed by Place - Communities and places
benefit from investment decisions that consider all impacts –
societal, environmental as well as economic. Decisions should
prioritise long term benefits. The public sector should set an example
by ensuring high design standards are adhered to in public
procurement.
3. Developing Our Potential – All areas of policy and practice should
utilise and promote design as a tool to deliver value, sustainable
outcomes and high quality. Scotland’s design heritage and design
talent should be celebrated, and the next generation developed and
promoted.
4. Design for A Low Carbon Economy – Low carbon design and planning
should be a priority. Project clients, commissioners, designers and
approvers should encourage design innovation and take advantage of
locally-sourced materials to facilitate sustainable development. A ‘re-
use not replace’ approach should be considered first when dealing
with our existing built environment.
5. Cultural Connections – Creative responses should be taken to
enhancing and preserving our existing built heritage. The
development of creative places and culture-led regeneration should
be encouraged as an effective approach to delivering sustainable,
high-quality environments.
6. Engagement and Empowerment – Design processes should harness
and utilise the knowledge of communities and encourage active
participation in the process, to deliver places with local integrity and
relevance. Engagement must be meaningful, early and proportionate.
7. The Role of Architecture and Design Scotland
The planning process is seen as playing a fundamental role in helping
shape the quality of our architecture, and as such it is important that the
two disciplines are closely aligned. 
Scottish Government, Designing Streets: A Policy Statement for Scotland
(March 2010)
This document, when published in 2010, was the first policy statement in
Scotland for street design and changed the emphasis of guidance on the
issue away from a system focused on the dominance of motor vehicles, to
a place-making approach.  It is based on the premise that good street
design should come from “an intelligent response to location, rather than
the rigid application of standards, regardless of the context.”  It sits
alongside ‘Designing Places’, and together are the Scottish Government’s
two key policy statements on design and placemaking.
The policies set out in the statement are:
• Street design must consider place before movement.
• Street design guidance, as set out in ‘Designing Streets’, can be a
material consideration in determining planning applications and
appeals.
• Street design should meet the six qualities of successful places, as set
out in ‘Designing Places’.
• Street design should be based on balanced decision-making and must
adopt a multidisciplinary approach.
• Street design should run planning permission and Road Construction
Consent (RCC) processes in parallel.
Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019)
The current Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019) along with
its accompanying supplementary guidance documents provide a good

Page 6

basis of understanding of the local context and characteristics of the Perth
and Kinross Area, as well as connections within and into and out of the
Area.  Information on the principal characteristics of the Area is explored in
greater detail within our LDP3 Evidence Report Topic Paper 001: The Plan
Area.
NPF4: Annex D – Six Qualities of Successful Places
NPF4 Policy 14 expects that LDP spatial strategies are underpinned by
these six qualities:
1. Healthy: Supporting the prioritisation of women’s safety and
improving physical and mental health.
2. Pleasant: Supporting attractive natural and built spaces.
3. Connected: Supporting well connected networks that make moving
around easy and reduce car dependency.
4. Distinctive: Supporting attention to detail of local architectural styles
and natural landscapes to be interpreted into designs to reinforce
identity.
5. Sustainable: Supporting the efficient use of resources that will allow
people to live, play, work and stay in their area, ensuring climate
resilience and integrating nature positive biodiversity solutions. 
6. Adaptable: Supporting commitment to investing in the long-term
value of buildings, streets, and spaces by allowing for flexibility so that
they can meet the changing needs and accommodate different uses
over time.
Annex D provides further details in terms of what we should be designing
for when implementing each of the Six Qualities. 
Transport Scotland, Sustrans and SCOTS, Cycling by Design 2021
Cycling by Design provides design guidance for cycling infrastructure on all
roads, streets and paths in Scotland.  The document “aims to ensure that
cycling is a practical and attractive choice for everyday and occasional
journeys of all people, particularly new, returning or less confident users.”
At the heart of the National Transport Strategy 2 (NTS2) vision and
priorities is the aim to encourage people to travel by more active and
sustainable means.  Through making this modal shift we can help reduce
carbon emissions and contribute to national priorities in terms of equality
and health improvements. 
High-quality cycling infrastructure can help to encourage a wider range of
people to take up cycling.  The design guidance is intended to support
designers in integrating cycling into the built environment, and should be
applied to schemes delivering cycling infrastructure, new and improved
roads, new developments, and any other built environment feature where
cycling should be considered. 
The guidance supports an objective developed by the Active Travel Task
Force in their 2018 Delivery Plan, which sought to “improve delivery of the
ambitious and inclusive walking and cycling projects in Scotland that will
help to create high-quality places and communities that support health
and wellbeing.”  It also supports the integration of cycling with people
walking and wheeling, in holistic and attractive environments, serving the
needs of all users, and facilitating the implementation of the Scottish
Government’s Sustainable Travel Hierarchy.   Designers are expected to
meet or exceed the design requirements set out in the guidance to deliver
this aspiration. 
Cycling by Design contains, amongst other information: 
• ‘12 key messages to designers’, which summarise how they should
approach the application of the document’s requirements.

Page 7

• A section on ‘Planning for Users’, which considers the needs of users
based on their ‘Type’ i.e. new and less confident users, and
confident, existing users; different types of cycle vehicle, including
their dimensions and turning circle requirements; physical effort
required, and how to make a journey attractive and convenient,
regardless of age and ability. 
• A section on Core Design Principles (Safety, Coherence, Directness,
Comfort, Attractiveness and Adaptability). 
• Information on Level of Service indicators (High, Medium and Low) to
help designers identify the strengths and weaknesses of their design
and identify improvements to achieve a high level of service. 
• The stages in the Planning and Delivery Process for cycle networks,
including using multi-modal/strategic appraisals.
• Network Planning in different settings (techniques, components, and
integration with other model networks).
• Designing new developments to meet or exceed the highest level of
service. 
• Information on the Design Review Process.
• Cycle Links (principles, types, providing appropriate facilities).
• Geometric Design Requirements.
• Considerations for different types of tracks e.g., detached or remote,
those adjacent to carriageway, cycle lanes, and mixed traffic streets.
• Construction options and details, including advantages and
disadvantages.
• Detailed design considerations for crossings, junctions, and
roundabouts.
• Trip end facilities considerations, such as cycle parking, public
transport integration, public cycle hire, active travel hubs etc. 
Scottish Government, Planning Advice Note 83: Masterplanning (2008)
This Planning Advice Note (PAN) covers the masterplanning process from
beginning to end.   It was produced as part of the Scottish Government’s
commitment to the design quality agenda, and aims to:
• Promote the use of masterplanning to create better places;
• Set out how to achieve more effective masterplanning;
• Achieve greater consistency in the presentation of masterplans, and
• Highlight exemplar case studies to help encourage good practice.
Masterplanning is regarded as having the ability to help raise the general
standards of urban design and create quality places through providing a
structured approach and framework to a wide range of complex issues. 
Successful masterplanning can promote sustainability and deliver places
where people want to live and work. 
PAN 83 highlights that masterplans can be prepared for almost any site,
but that there are types of sites and circumstances where one is most
likely to be appropriate i.e., for areas of significant change; sensitive areas;
certain small-scale developments, and sites specifically identified via the
development plan for an area. The process can also help raise standards in
smaller scale developments. 
Masterplanning is seen as having an important role in creating “well-
designed built environments that make us feel welcome and secure, and
that promote healthier lifestyles, reduce our environmental impact, are
adaptable and have lasting economic and social benefits.”  The process
requires a high degree of collaboration and communication between a
wide range of stakeholders, which can help build commitment to proposals
and increase the chances of successful delivery.

Page 8

Perth and Kinross Placemaking Guide Supplementary Guidance (2020)
The Council adopted its Perth and Kinross Placemaking Guide
Supplementary Guidance in March 2020.  It was developed to support
Policy 1 of the Perth and Kinross LDP2 and is used in the assessment of
planning applications and to assist in the placemaking process.
The Guide further develops the placemaking criteria and provides more
detailed guidance on how to achieve the policy requirements in LDP2.  It
also provides clear explanations as to how to achieve high quality
development that responds to the unique setting of Perth and Kinross.
Policy 1: Placemaking of LDP2 and the Guide were developed on the basis
of the Scottish Government’s six qualities of successful place contained in
Scottish Planning Policy (2014).  Those qualities (Distinctive, Safe and
Pleasant, Welcoming, Adaptable, Resource Efficient, and Easy to Move
Around and Beyond) have been updated slightly for the current set of
qualities at Annex D of NPF4, however the key elements and objectives
remain the same.  The Placemaking Guide also reflects the key messages
set out in the Scottish Government’s Creating Places and Designing Streets
policy statements. 
Perth and Kinross Consultation Draft Mobility Strategy (2024), and Perth
and Kinross Mobility Strategy Draft Action Plan (2024)
The Draft Strategy is a Local Transport Strategy for the Perth and Kinross
Area and sets out the Council's vision for managing and developing the
transport network across the area.  It considers all modes of transport for
the movement of goods and people, across our urban and rural areas, to
help achieve the national targets and outcomes established under the
National Transport Strategy 2.  The Draft Mobility Strategy responds to the
climate change agenda and changes in how people travel.  It also considers
emerging technologies, digital services, housing, inclusion, poverty, health,
climate adaptation, economic growth, air quality, and placemaking.
The Draft Strategy is also accompanied by a Draft Action Plan which
includes several actions which are of direct relevance to our Local
Development Plan 3 Spatial Strategy, including those relating to:
connected neighbourhoods and centres; green and blue infrastructure;
open spaces and opportunities for play, and the identification of
sustainable future site allocations.  Action 153 is of particular relevance to
the Design, Quality and Place policy subject matter.  This action is aimed at
ensuring developments consider place and prioritise the needs of people
before the movement of motor vehicles, in line with national and regional
guidance.  This includes prioritising sustainable and active travel choices,
and including fully accessible paths and routes which are well connected
with the wider environment beyond the site boundary. 
Scottish Household Survey (SHS)
The Scottish Household Survey (SHS) is an annual survey of the general
population in Scotland and has been carried out since 1999.  The survey
aims to collect reliable and up to date information on a number of topics,
including neighbourhoods, via a random sampling of people in private
residences.  Participation is voluntary and is important in helping the
Scottish Government make representative estimates for Scotland.  The
most recent publication is the 2022 SHS.

Page 9

Neighbourhood Satisfaction
The SHS Neighbourhoods and Communities data provides a picture of how
residents rate their neighbourhoods as a place to live.  In 2022, the data
reports that the percentage residents of Perth and Kinross who rated
overall their neighbourhood as very/fairly good was 95%, which is the
same as the Scotland figure.  63% of residents ranked their neighbourhood
as very good; 32% as fairly good; 4% as fairly poor, and 1% as very poor. 
These percentages also closely mirror the Scotland figures for each of the
rankings.  The percentages for the Perth and Kinross Area have also
remained similar throughout the years since the first survey undertaken in
1999.   
Figure B1(1): SHS Residents Satisfaction with their Neighbourhoods
(2022)
Feeling of Belonging to a Community
The Survey asked other questions relating to feeling of belonging to a
community; experience (by adults) of neighbourhood problems;
perceptions of safety when walking alone in their neighbourhood after
dark; frequency of social interactions, and how often adults had felt lonely
within the previous week time period.  The percentage results of those
survey questions, where available, are set out below.
The results of the survey question regarding ‘Strength of feeling of
belonging to a community’ are broken down further to provide figures by
sex, age, ethnicity, SIMD quintiles, and housing tenure.  The figures overall
for Perth and Kinross were fairly similar to those of the Scotland average
for the same survey questions. 
In the Perth and Kinross Area:
• 37% of participants felt very strongly in terms of belonging to a
community (Scotland average – 38%).
• 44% felt fairly strongly (Scotland average – 45%).
• 14% felt not very strongly about belonging (Scotland average - 13%).
• 3% felt not at all strongly (Scotland average – 4%), and
• 2% didn’t know (Scotland average – 1%).
When we look at those results closer in terms of breakdown between male
and female participants in the area:
• 40% of males and 35% of females felt very strongly in terms of
belonging to a community (Scotland averages – 36% and 39%).

Page 10

• 36% of males and 53% of females felt fairly strongly (Scotland average
– 45% and 44%).
• 21% of males and 7% of females felt not very strongly about belonging
(Scotland averages - 13% and 12%).
• 2% of males and 4% of females felt not at all strongly (Scotland
averages – 4% and 4%), and
• 2% of males and 1% of females didn’t know (Scotland averages – 1%
for both sexes).
There were no recorded survey participants in the age categories from 16
through to 59, or for the 75 and over group.  Figures for the 60-74 age
group show that:
• 44% of participants felt very strongly in terms of belonging to a
community (Scotland average – 46%).
• 42% felt fairly strongly (Scotland average – 41%).
• 12% felt not very strongly about belonging (Scotland average - 10%).
• 1% felt not at all strongly (Scotland average – 2%), and
• 2% didn’t know (Scotland average – 1%).
Apart from survey data for the ‘White: Scottish’ ethnic group, there are no
survey results for any of the other reported ethnicity groups for the Perth
and Kinross Area.   For that group the results were: 43% felt very strongly;
45% felt fairly strongly; 10% felt not very strongly; 1% felt not at all
strongly, and 1% didn’t know.
Survey data is available for those Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation
(SIMD) areas in Perth and Kinross which are within Quintiles 3 (41-60%
most deprived) and 4 (61-80% most deprived).  Note that Quintile 1 is the
20% most deprived data zones in Scotland, and Quintile 5 the 20% least
deprived.  For Quintile 3 the results were: 34% felt very strongly; 58% felt
fairly strongly; 5% felt not very strongly; 3% felt not at all strongly, and 0%
didn’t know.  These figures differ only slightly from those of the Scotland
average for the same Quintile.  In terms of Quintile 4: 44% felt very
strongly; 35% felt fairly strongly; 15% felt not very strongly; 1% felt not at
all strongly, and 4% didn’t know.  Again, these figures were fairly similar to
the Scotland average results. 
Problems within Neighbourhoods
Participating adults were asked whether a particular set of problems was
very or fairly common in their neighbourhood over the 12-month period
preceding the survey.   Those problems related to noisy neighbours or
regular loud parties; graffiti or other deliberate damage to property;
rubbish or litter lying around; neighbour disputes; intimidation or
harassing of others by individuals; drug misuse or dealing; drunkenness,
hooliganism, or loutish behaviour; abandoned or burnt out vehicles, and
animal nuisance (noise or dog fouling).  The results were reported in terms
of both perception and personal experience.

Page 11

Figure B1(2): SHS Problems within Neighbourhoods (2022)
Perceptions of Safety
The SHS Neighbourhoods and Communities Survey also asked participants
about their perceptions of safety when walking alone in their
neighbourhoods after dark.  The results have been reported by sex, age,
SIMD, sexual orientation, ethnicity, religious belonging, and disability. 
Figures B1(3) and (4) to follow show that 13% more male participants felt
very or fairly safe walking in their neighbourhoods after dark compared to
female survey participants (95% compared to 82%), and 10% of females
felt very or a bit unsafe compared to 4% of male survey participants.  
Figure B1(3): SHS Male Residents Perception of Safety (2022) 
Figure B1(4): SHS Female Residents Perception of Safety (2022)
It is difficult to provide further analysis in terms of age groups and their
perceptions as results have only been reported for the Age 60-74 group.

Page 12

The lack of reported results is mostly due to the sample size being too
small and therefore considered to be insufficiently reliable for publication. 
This is the same for the SIMD Quintiles, Sexual Orientation, and Ethnicity
categories, for the Perth and Kinross Area, making it difficult to get a full
picture of perception of safety across the different categories.
Social Interaction and Feelings of Loneliness
The SHS asked participants how frequently they meet socially with friends,
relatives, neighbours, or work colleagues.  The results reported for the
following options were fairly similar across both categories, and to the
Scotland average also:
• At least once per week – 64% of males and 70% of females.
• At least once or more – 25% of males and 23% of females.
• A few times per year/ very rarely – 10% of males and 6% of females.
• Never – 1% of males and 1% of females. 
When we then look at the breakdown for those persons who classify
themselves as either disabled or non-disabled, the figures are fairly similar
across both categories, and to the Scotland average also:
• At least once per week – 64% of Disabled Persons and 68% of Non-
Disabled Persons.
• At least once or more – 28% of Disabled Persons and 23% of Non-
Disabled Persons.
• A few times per year/ very rarely – 6% of Disabled Persons and 9% of
Non-Disabled Persons.
• Never – 2% of Disabled Persons and 1% of Non-Disabled Persons.
In terms of how often adult participants felt lonely within the week
preceding the survey being carried out, again results have only been
reported for the age group 60-74.  This makes it difficult to form any
picture of loneliness felt in Perth and Kinross across the different age
groups.  However, results are available for SIMD Quintiles 3 and 4, and for
those participants who classify themselves as either disabled or non-
disabled.  The results are as follows for the different survey answer
options: 
• None or almost none of the time – SIMD 3: 76%; SIMD 4: 74%;
Disabled Persons: 76%, and Non-Disabled Persons: 82%.
• Some of the time – SIMD 3: 22%; SIMD 4: 24%; Disabled Persons:
20%, and Non-Disabled Persons: 17%.
• Most, almost all of the time – SIMD 3: 3%; SIMD 4: 2%; Disabled
Persons: 4%, and Non-Disabled Persons: 1%.
• Don’t know – SIMD 3: 0%; SIMD 4: 0%; Disabled Persons: 0%, and
Non-Disabled Persons: 0%.
Understanding Our Local Places
The Scottish Government’s LDP Guidance highlights for NPF4 Policy 14,
that it will be useful to develop an understanding of how local places are
experienced, in the context of wider data about socio-economic and
environmental characteristics, and that a place-based approach which
identifies the links between design, quality and place, as well as other
topical policy areas, will support this.   
The ‘Step by step guide - Evidence Reports’ in the Guidance suggests the
Place Standard Tool, Design Charettes, Local Place Plans (LPPS), other
community-led plans, and Creating Places as relevant sources of
information which planning authorities may wish to prepare or review for
their spatial implications.  There are currently no Local Place Plans covering
any part of the Perth and Kinross Council Area, but the other information
sources are explored in the paragraphs to follow.

Page 13

The Improvement Service Place Standard Engagement Tool
The Place Standard Engagement Tool provides a simple framework to help
structure conversations about a place.  It contains 14 themes under 4
thematic groups.   It allows users to think about the physical elements of a
place, like buildings, spaces, and transport connections, as well as the
more social aspects, such as whether or not people feel they have a say in
decision making about their place. 
Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (SIMD) (2022)
The 2020 Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (SIMD) data tells us that
39 out of 186 (21%) of all data zones in the Perth and Kinross Area are
ranked in the 40% most deprived areas in Scotland; 7 out of 136 (4%) are
within the 15% most deprived; 3 out of 186 (2%) are within the 10% most
deprived areas, and 44 out of 186 (24%) are within the 20% least deprived
areas in Scotland.  The 10% most deprived areas in Perth and Kinross can
be found in Perth (Muirton, and Hillyland, Tulloch and Inveralmond), and
Blairgowrie East (Rattray).
Map B1(1) shows the distribution of SIMD deciles across the Council Area,
and Maps B1(2) and (3) show the location of the 10% most deprived areas
in Perth and Blairgowrie East. 
We know from SEPA flood risk management data that there are also
Potentially Vulnerable Areas covering the Blairgowrie East and Perth City
SIMD areas, and an Air Quality Management Area covering Perth City too.  
This all helps build a picture of the area’s most vulnerable places and
people to help us in developing our Spatial Strategy.

Page 14

Map B1(1): SIMD Areas within Perth and Kinross

Page 15

Map B1(2): SIMD 10% Most Deprived Areas in Perth City (2020) 
Map B1(3): SIMD 10% Most Deprived Areas at Blairgowrie East (2020)

Page 16

Scottish Government, Scottish House Condition Survey: Local Authority
Analysis 2017-2019 (February 2021)
This report is part of the Scottish House Condition Survey (SHCS) follows on
from the main Scottish House Condition Survey Key Findings report to
present estimates of key indicators from the SHCS at a local authority level. 
It merges three years’ worth of data (2017-2019) in order to achieve
sufficient sample sizes - it is worth noting that the survey analysis reports
on the average figures for the three-year period.
Some of the key indicators the report sets out the local authority level
figures for include - fuel poverty rates, energy efficiency ratings, the
condition of housing, and the Scottish Housing Quality Standard.  
The bullet points that follow, set out the detailed breakdown of
information contained in the analysis report about the housing stock
within the Perth and Kinross Council (PKC) Area for the 2017-2019 time
period compared to the Scottish average position.  However, in summary,
the analysis tells us that: 
Age and Types of Dwellings: The age of the housing stock within the PKC
Area is similar to the Scotland Average, with the majority of dwellings
being built after 1945 (65%).  81% of all dwellings are houses, and 19% are
flats. 
Tenure Breakdown: The highest percentage of dwellings are in the Owner-
occupied category (67%), and levels of owner-occupation, Social Housing,
and Private Rent are similar to the Scotland Average figures across all
tenures.  
Restrictions and Adaptations: A small percentage of households overall
within the area have a long-term sick or disabled resident who is restricted
by the dwelling (4% PKC Area, 7% Scotland Average), and the percentage
of dwellings reported as requiring adaptations is also small (PKC Area 2%,
Scotland 3%). 
Heating and Energy Efficiency:   The majority of dwellings within the area
have full central heating (91%, compared to the Scotland Average of 96%). 
However, 31% of the overall stock across the PKC Area is off the gas grid,
compared to only 17% of the Scotland Average overall stock figure.   A
small percentage of the overall stock received a Low Energy Efficiency
Rating using the Standard Assessment Procedure (SAP) 2012 based on
running costs – 8% compared to the Scotland Average figure of 4%;
whereas 34% obtained a High Energy Efficiency Rating based on running
costs (45% Scotland Average).  
Environmental Impact of Housing Stock: 20% of dwellings within the area
received a low Environmental Impact Rating, compared to 9% Scotland
Average figure.  26% of dwellings obtained a high Environmental Impact
Rating, compared to the Scotland Average figure of 34%.
Fuel Poverty: 25% of households within the PKC Area were estimated to
be in fuel poverty, with a fairly even percentage share across Older
households, Families and Other households.  These figures are similar to
those of the Scotland Average ones for fuel poverty.   18% of households
overall are estimated to be in extreme fuel poverty (12% Scotland Average
figure).
Occupancy Levels: Only 1% of the overall stock within the PKC Area is
estimated to be overcrowded/below the Bedroom Standard, but 41% is
estimated to be under-occupied i.e. exceed the Bedroom Standard by 2 or
more bedrooms.

Page 17

Scottish Household Quality Standard (SHQS)1: 37% of the area’s stock fail
the SHQS overall, compared to 41% of the Scotland Average figure.  A
slightly larger percentage of dwellings built Pre-1945 (47%) failed,
compared to those built after 1945 (32%).  In terms of tenure type, 38%
Owner-occupied dwellings fail the SHQS overall; 21% Social Housing fail,
and 56% of Private Rent.  The Scotland average figures for those tenures
are similar for Owner-occupied dwellings (37%), but higher for Social
Housing (41%) and lower for Private Rent (35%).  
Considering the SHQS “Energy Efficiency” criterion, 32% of the overall
housing stock within the PKC Area fail to meet the standard, the Scotland
Average figure is 30%.  A higher percentage of Pre-1945 build dwellings,
compared to post 1945 build fail to meet the standard for energy
efficiency (40% to 27%); more houses, compared to flats fail to meet it
(36% to 15%), and the Private Rent (46%) stock has the highest percentage
of dwellings which fail to meet the standard, followed by Owner-occupied
(34%), and Social Housing (14%).  For comparison, the Scotland Average
figures are fairly similar in terms of the ages of dwellings (34% Pre-1945
build, and 29% post 1945); the percentage of flats nationally which fail to
meet the energy efficiency standard is higher than that for the PKC Area
(15% versus 26%), and in terms of tenure types, the percentage of Private
Rent stock across Scotland is also higher than the other tenures, at 35%,
but lower than the PKC Area figure.  As too is the Owner-occupied figure at
31% compared to 34% within the PKC Area.  However, the Social Housing
figure for Scotland is 27% compared to the PKC Area figure of 14%. 
1 The SHQS is a common standard for assessing the condition of Scotland’s social
sector housing.  However, the SHQS collects data on all tenures.
Detailed breakdown SHCS for the PKC Area:
• Total number of households in the PKC Area: 68,000 (Scotland figure:
2,479,000)
• % of dwellings built pre-1945: 35% PKC Area; 30% Scotland Average.
• % of dwellings built post 1945: 65% PKC Area; 70% Scotland Average.
• % breakdown of dwellings by tenure type: 
o PKC Area – 67% Owner-occupied; 20% Social Housing, and 14%
Private Rent.  
o Scotland Average - 62% Owner-occupied; 26% Social Housing,
and 13% Private Rent. 
• % of Households with a Long-Term Sick or Disabled Resident who is
Restricted by the Dwelling: PKC Area - 4%; Scotland Average - 7%.
• % of dwellings reported as requiring adaptations: PKC Area – 2%;
Scotland Average – 3%.
• % breakdown of dwellings with adaptations for limited mobility by
tenure type:
o PKC Area – 22% Owner-occupied; 37% Social Housing, and no
figure reported for Private Rent as the sample size was too
small to report. 
o Scotland Average – 17% Owner-occupied; 33% Social Housing,
and 15% Private Rent. 
• % breakdown of dwellings with adaptations for limited mobility by
age profile:
o PKC Area – 22% overall stock; 13% Pre-1945 build, and 27%
post 1945 build.
o Scotland Average – 21% overall stock; 17% Pre-1945 build, and
22% post 1945 build.
• % breakdown of dwellings off the gas grid by tenure type:

Page 18

o PKC Area - 31% overall stock; 36% Owner-occupied; 6% Social
Housing, and 42% Private Rent.
o Scotland Average - 17% overall stock; 20% Owner-occupied;
10% Social Housing, and 17% Private Rent.
• % breakdown of dwellings with Full Central Heating (by Tenure Type):
o PKC Area – 91% overall stock; 89% Owner-occupied; 98% Social
Housing, and 89% Private Rent.
o Scotland Average - 96% overall stock; 96% Owner-occupied;
98% Social Housing, and 91% Private Rent.
• % of Dwellings with a Low Energy Efficiency Rating of F or G (SAP
2009):
o PKC Area – 4% of overall stock.
o Scotland Average – 3% of overall stock.
• % of dwellings with a Low Energy Efficiency Rating of F or G (SAP
2012, Running Costs):
o PKC Area – 8%
o Scotland Average – 4%
• % of dwellings with a High Energy Efficiency Rating of B or C (SAP
2012, Running Costs):
o PKC Area – 34%
o Scotland Average – 45%
• % of dwellings with a Low Environmental Impact Rating of F or G
(SAP, 2012):
o PKC Area – 20%
o Scotland Average – 9%
• % of dwellings with a High Environmental Impact Rating of A, B or C
(SAP, 2012):
o PKC Area – 26%
o Scotland Average – 34%
• Total number and % share of households fuel poor:
o PKC Area - 17,000 in total; 25% of overall stock; 25% Older
households; 20% Families, and 27% Other households.
o Scotland Average -  605,000 in total; 24% of overall stock; 27%
Older households; 17% Families, and 27% Other households.
• Total number and % share of households in extreme fuel poverty by
dwelling characteristics:
o PKC Area - 12,000 in total; 18% of overall; 26% Pre-1945 build,
and 13% post 1945 build. 
o Scotland Average – 294,000 in total; 12% of overall; 16% Pre-
1945 build, and 10% post 1945 build. 
• Total number and % share of households in extreme fuel poverty by
household attributes:
o PKC Area – 13% Owner-occupied; 25% Social Housing; 31%
Private Rent; 19% Older households; 6% Families, and 22%
Other households. 
o Scotland Average – 9% Owner-occupied; 14% Social Housing;
22% private Rent; 14% Older households; 5% Families, and 14%
Other households. 
• % of dwellings considered to be Below the Tolerable Standards (BTS):
o PKC Area – 2%
o Scotland Average – 2%
• % of dwellings which are overcrowded (below Bedroom Standard):
o PKC Area – 1%
o Scotland Average – 2%
• % of dwellings which are under-occupied (exceed the Bedroom
Standard by 2 or more Bedrooms):
o PKC Area – 41%
o Scotland Average – 32%
• % of dwellings which are fail the SQHS overall:

Page 19

o PKC Area – 37% overall; 47% Pre-1945 build; 32% post 1945
build; 39% House; 31% Flat; 38% Owner-occupied; 21% Social
Housing, and 56% Private Rent.
o Scotland Average – 41% overall; 52% Pre-1945 build; 37% post
1945 build; 39% House; 45% Flat; 37% Owner-occupied; 41%
Social Housing, and 35% Private Rent.
• % of dwellings which are fail the SQHS overall by household type:
o PKC Area – 37% Older households; 41% Families, and 35%
Other households.
o Scotland Average – 42% Older households; 37% Families, and
43% other households.
• % of dwellings which are fail the SQHS “Energy Efficiency” Criterion
by dwelling characteristics and tenure type:
o PKC Area – 32% of overall stock; 40% Pre-1945 build; 27% post
1945 build; 36% House; 15% Flat; 34% Owner-occupied; 14%
Social Housing, and 46% Private Rent. 
o Scotland Average – 30% of overall stock; 34% Pre-1945 build;
29% post 1945 build; 33% House; 26% Flat; 31% Owner-
occupied; 27% Social Housing, and 35% Private Rent.
• % of dwellings which are fail the SQHS “Energy Efficiency” Criterion
by household type:
o PKC Area – 32% Older households; 33% Families, and 30%
Other households. 
o Scotland Average – 32% Older households; 29% Families, and
30% Other households. 
Perth and Kinross LDP2 Design Charettes
Between 2014 and 2016, Perth and Kinross Council worked in partnership
with a number of local Community Councils to undertake a series of
community design workshops in key settlements across the area.  The
objective was to work with local communities and key stakeholders, in
identifying a town's strengths, weaknesses, as well as opportunities to help

Page 20

mitigate the social, environmental, and economic challenges towns across
Scotland are facing.  In total, five charettes were undertaken for Aberfeldy,
Auchterarder, Bridgend, Blairgowrie, and Crieff.   
Perth and Kinross Community Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan)
2022-32
The Perth and Kinross Community Plan was approved by the Perth and
Kinross Community Planning Partnership in September 2022.  It contains
an ambition for the area to ‘be the best place in Scotland for everyone to
live life well, free from poverty and inequality.’   The Plan sets out 5
Strategic Priorities for the area, which are:
1. Reducing Poverty (child, food, and fuel)
2. Physical and Mental Wellbeing (evidence shows a major increase in
demand for mental health wellbeing support post Covid-19)
3. Digital Participation (issues of connectivity, technology and
individual capacity identified across the area)
4. Learning and Development (supporting individuals and communities
to build their skills, confidence, and resilience)
5. Employability – (an enhanced focus on upskilling for those seeking
employment and supporting young people in a fast-changing job
market, enabling people to enter, sustain and progress in work.)
The Community Plan also provides a summary profile for the area of data
and trends linked to those Strategic Priorities.  This helps build a stronger
picture of the key characteristics and challenges of the Area which the
Council, along with our Community Planning Partners are seeking to
address through a number of area-wide actions.  These actions have all
been linked to relevant National and Local Outcomes too.   
Perth and Kinross Area - Local Action Plans 
There are 5 Local Action Plans (LAP) covering the 7 localities within the
Perth and Kinross Area.   Each LAP contains a profile of the
locality/localities; information on the relevant Community Action
Partnerships; data and information on the Key Inequalities for the area
under the themes of: SIMD, Child Poverty, Crime, Income, Employment,
Housing, Health and Wellbeing, Fairness Commission key themes, and
lessons learned so far, and a list of Key Issues Identified, with
accompanying statements on ‘What needs to change’ and the actions
required to bring about those changes, when and by whom.   
Community Action Plans (CAPs)
There are currently 11 Community Action Plans (CAPs) in Rural Perth and
Kinross, for Meigle and Ardler, Stanley, Alyth, Coupar Angus, Dunkeld and
Birnam, Crieff, Blairgowrie and Rattray, Pitlochry and Moulin, Muthill and
Tullibardine, Auchterarder and Aberuthven, and St. Fillans.  There is also a
CAP development process due to start for Comrie once the necessary
funding has been secured.  
Community Action Plans are community-led and provide an insight into a
community’s views about their area at the time of producing the Plan i.e.
their likes and dislikes; their vision for the future of their area; those issues
which matter most to the community, and priorities for projects and action
needed to enhance a place over the period of the CAP and beyond. 
Perth and Kinross Council Ward Profiles
In 2022 the Council collated ‘Ward Profiles’ for each of the 12 Council
Ward Areas.   The information for each area has been divided into main
topics which are: population, economy, housing, education, physical

Page 21

environment.  Information has also been included on local deprivation
based on the Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (SIMD), where it is
relevant to a local area.

Page 22

Summary of Implications for the Proposed Plan:
Perth and Kinross Council Corporate Plan 2022-2027
Delivery of the Corporate Plan’s Priorities will be underpinned by a set of
Key Principles and delivered through a range of Key Actions.  The Local
Development Plan is identified in Appendix 1 to the Corporate Plan as one
of the associated strategies which will help deliver the Council’s Corporate
Plan Priorities.  Developing our Local Development Plan 3 in alignment with
National Planning Framework 4, should help support the delivery of the
Council’s Vision for a Perth and Kinross ‘where everyone can live life well,
free from poverty and inequality’, all the Corporate Plan’s Priorities. 
However, Priorities 1, 3, 4 and 7, in particular, should be delivered through
implementing NPF4 Policy 14.
LDP Spatial Strategies
The Scottish Government and COSLA’s Place Principle (2019)
Applying the Place Principle in the development of our LDP3 means that
we need to work collaboratively at all stages with key stakeholders,
including key agencies, our communities, landowners, and developers to
ensure our Spatial Strategy is coordinated, fit for purpose, and deliverable. 
Scottish Government, Creating Places: A Policy Statement on
Architecture and Place (June 2013), and Designing Streets: A Policy
Statement for Scotland (March 2010)
Creating Places outlines the Scottish Government’s aspirations for design
and making places and highlights the benefits good design and high quality
places bring to not just individuals and society, but also to the country as a
whole.  Designing Streets advocates a place-based response to designing
streets, which seeks to deliver the six qualities of a successful place.  Both
policy statements emphasise the need for a multi-disciplinary approach to
delivering high quality places, in collaboration with communities.  Our
Placemaking Guide Supplementary Guidance was developed based on both
policy statements.  The continued application of our Guide (with any
updates to reflect changes at a national level), particularly through the
Settlement Audit and Site Appraisal stages for our Proposed Plan, as well
as working with our key stakeholders, and engaging with our communities
about the future of their places throughout the LDP3 preparation process,
will help to implement the key principles and policies contained within
both policy statements to deliver high quality, successful places. 
Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019)
It is important to recognise when starting a Local Development Plan review
that we are not starting from scratch.  A wealth of information and
evidence already exists regarding physical, social, cultural, economic, and
environmental aspects, to help us understand the existing key
characteristics of our Plan Area, as well as the connections and interactions
between our places, and the needs and ambitions of our communities.  
The current Perth and Kinross LDP2 brings those different matters together
under its spatial strategies to help create successful, sustainable, low-
carbon, natural and resilient, and connected places.  In addition, its
accompanying supplementary guidance, particularly on placemaking and
our various Conservation Area Appraisals, provide a good basis of
understanding of the local context and characteristics of the area, and
what constitutes high quality successful places within the context of Perth
and Kinross.

Page 23

NPF4: Annex D – Six Qualities of Successful Places
Applying these six qualities in the development of the Plan’s Spatial
Strategy, particularly the allocation of proposals in LDP3 should help to
foster healthy, pleasant, connected, distinctive, sustainable, and adaptable
places.  Bringing these qualities through in the LDP’s Settlement Audit and
Site Appraisal templates should ensure all elements are given the
appropriate level of consideration prior to any site proposals being
allocated in the Plan.  
When thinking about how connected our places are i.e. in terms of access
to, from, and within, to destination locations, facilities and services, it is
important that we are also mindful of the barriers our communities can
face in accessing sustainable modes of transport when we are identifying
proposals for future development as part of our LDP3 Spatial Strategy.    It
is suggested that these barriers might best be considered through the SEA
for our LDP3 under the ‘Population and Human Health’ topics, and
solutions may also be found through our work on identifying local living
and 20 minute neighbourhoods.   
Transport Scotland, Sustrans and SCOTS, Cycling by Design 2021
An important piece of design guidance to help integrate cycling
infrastructure on all roads, streets and paths to create holistic and
attractive environments which encourage a wider range of people to take
up cycling regardless of age or ability.  In developing our LDP3 Spatial
Strategy and thinking about connections to, within and from our site
proposals, it will be important to incorporate and seek the implementation
of the key messages, design principles and requirements set out in ‘Cycling
by Design’ through the delivery of development proposals (site-specific
requirements).  This will contribute towards the achievement of the
Scottish Government’s Six Qualities of Successful Places.  There are key
connections, in particular, between delivery of high-quality cycling
infrastructure and our LDP3 Spatial Strategy work on tackling the climate
and nature crises, climate mitigation and adaptation, sustainable
transport, identifying local living and 20 minute neighbourhoods,
infrastructure first, and protecting and enhancing blue and green
infrastructure and their networks under NPF4 policies 1, 2, 13, 15, 18, and
20. 
Scottish Government, PAN 83: Master Planning (2008)
An important advice note which sets out the benefits of using
masterplanning to help raise design standards and create high quality
places, which can also contribute towards achieving the Six Qualities of
Successful Places via the LDP3 Spatial Strategy.  The PAN identifies types or
sites and circumstances where the development of a masterplan is most
likely to be appropriate.  In developing our LDP3 Spatial Strategy we will
consider which locations, sites or groups of sites might benefit from the
production of a masterplan and will identify this in the Proposed Plan via
the site-specific requirements for those proposals.  
Perth and Kinross Placemaking Guide Supplementary Guidance (2020)
The Council’s Placemaking Guide is still very relevant.  Its continued use,
particularly during the Site Appraisal stage for the Proposed Plan, will help
to ensure the Scottish Government’s Six Qualities of Successful Places are
realised on the ground across Perth and Kinross, and that these qualities
are framed within a local context.

Page 24

Gaps, Uncertainties or Key Issues Raised: The guidance remains
relevant, but will require a review and some minor updates, to ensure the
references contained within it and the terminology used are in line with
NPF4, to allow its future use alongside LDP3. 
Perth and Kinross Consultation Draft Mobility Strategy (2024), and Perth
and Kinross Mobility Strategy Draft Action Plan (2024)
The Council’s vision for managing and developing the transport and
network access across the area, as set out in the Draft Mobility Strategy,
should be carried through into our Proposed Plan.  Any detailed projects,
proposals and actions contained within the Draft Action Plan should also
be reflected in LDP3’s Spatial Strategy to support their delivery.  
Gaps, Uncertainties or Key Issues Raised: Consultation on both the Draft
Mobility Strategy and associated Action Plan closed on 28 July 2024.  Any
amendments to those documents because of comments received through
the consultation process should be reflected in our Proposed Plan. 
Scottish Household Survey (SHS)
The SHS is useful in providing us with a picture of how residents of Perth
and Kinross feel or perceive different aspects of their neighbourhoods and
communities, which will help with developing some aspects of the Spatial
Strategy, particularly around creating safe and inclusive places.  
The 2022 results tell us that typically the majority of residents are happy
with their neighbourhoods as a good place to live.  However, some
perceived there to be, or they have experienced problems within their
neighbourhoods, mostly linked to issues that are not within the influence
of the land use planning system, e.g., littering and animal related noise,
neighbour disputes, rowdy behaviour etc., with the results all being quite
similar to the Scotland average for these answers. 
Overall, a large percentage of participants indicated that they felt like they
belong to a community, which is a good representation of the feeling of
community experienced across the area.  The majority of both males and
females, disabled and non-disabled persons, met socially with others at
least once per week or more, with the figures mirroring the Scotland
averages also.  The reported feeling of loneliness across the participants
group was quite low, which is very positive considering the rural nature of
large parts of the Council Area.
In terms of perception of safety when walking alone after dark, a higher
percentage of males over females felt very or fairly safe, and a higher
percentage of females than males felt very or a bit unsafe.  Overall, the
majority of participants felt reasonably safe.   
It is important that the development of our LDP3 Spatial Strategy follows
the six qualities of successful places, and that we keep engaging with
communities to build on our understanding of their views on their places,
so that Perth and Kinross continues to rank highly and that further
improvements can be made across the Area.
Understanding Our Local Places
Place Standard Engagement Tool and LDP3 Big Place Conversation
The Place Standard approach has been a very useful tool in helping us to
start a conversation with our local communities about their places and
understand their views on how the different elements of those places are
performing for the people who use them.  The results will not only help to

Page 25

inform the development of the LDP3 Spatial Strategy following a place-
based approach, particularly through our Settlement Audit work, but also
other Council plans and strategies, such as our Local Transport Strategy –
The Mobility Strategy.  
Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (2020)
It is important to understand in developing the Plan’s Spatial Strategy
where the most vulnerable people and places are across Perth and Kinross,
to ensure that we don’t exacerbate existing problems, but rather can help
bring about improvements to these places, in a coordinated manner, with
input from those affected communities, for the people who live and work
there, and also visit them.  This will help support Sustainable Development
and a Just Transition.  The SEA for the Plan will be an important piece of
work in developing a Spatial Strategy which aims to deliver these
outcomes. 
Scottish Government, Scottish House Condition Survey: Local Authority
Analysis 2017-2019 (February 2021)
The Scottish House Condition Survey (SHCS) Local Authority Analysis
provides a useful overview of the profile of the housing stock within the
Perth and Kinross Council Area and allows comparisons with the national
average figures.  The SHCS was considered as part of the development of
the Perth and Kinross Council Local Housing Strategy (LHS) and LHS Action
Plan 2022-2027, which were approved in 2022, and actions were identified
via the LHS process in order to help improve levels across the area.  
The LHS sets out the Council’s priorities and plans for the delivery of
housing and related services for the period 2022-2027.  The LHS, and its
implications for the development of the Proposed Plan, are considered in
more detail under the ‘Homes’ issue for this Evidence Report.  
The LHS was co-produced with community and housing partners, residents
and other stakeholders, and impact assessments were also undertaken
before its finalisation, to consider the actions from the perspective of
equality and fairness; sustainability and climate change, and health and
wellbeing.  
Four main priorities identified under the LHS, to meet the Council’s vision
that “Everyone in Perth and Kinross has access to the right home, in the
right place, at the right cost.”  Those priorities are:
1. Provide more affordable homes to support liveable and sustainable
communities – Setting a strategic vision for housing, based on
evidence of local need, for providing the right size and type of
housing in sustainable, well-connected places.
2. Provide a range of housing options that people can easily access,
afford and keep – Improving choice across all types of housing,
contributing to tackling child poverty and further developing the
Council’s Rapid Rehousing Transition Plan (RRTP), building on our
Home First model.
3. Deliver more homes for people with varying needs – Providing more
accessible homes, wheelchair homes and supported accommodation
to enable people to live independently and well for as long as
possible.  This will be done through investment in property
adaptations, technology, and care and support services.
4. Deliver quality homes with affordable warmth, zero emissions and
SMART technology – Improving the quality and energy efficiency of
all types of homes, tackling fuel poverty through investment in
properties, and setting a road map for reducing domestic carbon
emissions.

Page 26

Although the LHS Action Plan contains a number of actions under the four
priorities which have specifically been identified for delivery via the
Development Plan, the majority of the actions within it will more
appropriately be delivered through a collaborative approach across
different stakeholders (primarily in the housing and property sectors) not
all of which are within the remit of land use planning.  However, LDP3 can
bring together the range of actions, proposals and priorities which have a
spatial element to help facilitate their delivery in a coordinated and holistic
place-based manner. 
Those actions in the LHS Action Plan of specific relevance to the
development of our LDP3 include: maximising the potential to generate
more homes through brownfield regeneration; developing clear definitions
of lifetime 20 minute neighbourhoods to support partners, stakeholders
and investors to pursue placemaking which improves connectivity
(physical, social, and digital infrastructure); identifying opportunities for
and adopting a masterplanning approach to effective land supply, and
ensuring planning policy, placemaking and housing investment
programmes contribute to improved and sustainable homes, outdoor
space, health, and wellbeing for all households.  
The LHS and LHS Action Plan provide the vision and strategy for the future
of housing within the Perth and Kinross Council Area up to 2027.  Through
including the priorities and spatial elements of those documents in the
development and implementation of our LDP3, alongside the application
of the Place Principle, the Scottish Government’s design policy statements,
the Six Qualities of Successful Places, the Council’s Placemaking
Supplementary Guidance, and NPF4’s policies and Spatial Principles, our
Spatial Strategy will contribute to tackling those issues in the profile of the
area’s housing stock identified through the Scottish Household Condition
Survey: Local Authority Analysis 2017-2019, but within the parameters of
the land use planning system. 
Gaps, Uncertainties or Key Issues Raised:  The survey merges three
years’ worth of data (2017-2019) to achieve sufficient sample sizes and the
survey analysis reports on the average figures for the three-year period. 
Whilst it is a useful dataset, it has already been used to develop the
Council’s Local Housing Strategy and Action Plan, and as such the
incorporation of the relevant priorities and spatial elements identified in
those documents would be most appropriate to the development of the
Proposed Plan.
Perth and Kinross LDP2 Design Charettes
Although some time has lapsed since these reports were produced, their
content still provides a good source of information on the community’s
views of their local assets, their aspirations, areas for improvement, and a
vision for the future of their place.   The Charette reports will be
considered as part of the Settlement Audit work for the Proposed Plan to
understand which elements have or have not been realised to date, if they
are still relevant, and where LDP3 can help support the implementation of
the key priorities identified within them. 
Gaps, Uncertainties or Key Issues Raised:  Due to when they were
produced, any data or statistics contained within the Design Charettes,
which has since been updated, should be reviewed as part of the LDP3
Settlement Audit work.  The Audit should also consider if progress has
been made against the key issues and actions identified in the charettes,

Page 27

and how those issues and actions compare to the feedback gathered
through the Big Place Conversation.
Perth and Kinross Community Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan)
2022-32
Although there are no specific actions attributed to the Local Development
Plan in the Community Plan, there are actions which LDP3 and the land use
planning system can help support the coordinated delivery of, such as:
enhancing sustainable and active travel connections via new
developments; improving the quality and provision of green and blue
infrastructure (including open spaces, community allotments, natural
water management solutions etc.); identifying housing and employment
land in sustainable locations, and facilitating the delivery of quality energy
efficient homes in a range of tenures.  These actions will be addressed
through the development of our Proposed Plan for LDP3 in alignment with
National Planning Framework 4.   
Perth and Kinross Area - Local Action Plans
The Local Action Plans contain important profiles of our localities across
Perth and Kinross, particularly around their ‘Key Inequalities’. 
Gaps, Uncertainties or Key Issues Raised:   However, as the LAPs were
all published in 2017 the statistical data reported within them are not the
most recent available data. The list of ‘key Issues Identified’ and ‘What
needs to change’ accompanying statements contained within the LAPs will
be reviewed as part of our LDP3 Settlement Audit exercise but will be
viewed taking account of relevant up-to-date data and information.  
Community Action Plans
Our community led Community Action Plans provide an important source
of information about our places, what they offer, and the key priorities and
aspirations of our communities for the future of their places.   It is
important that key considerations contained in these CAPs are taken
account of in the development of the Spatial Strategy, primarily through
the Settlement Audit exercise, to help encourage, promote, and facilitate
development via our LDP3 which reflects the vision, aspirations and
priorities of our communities.
Perth and Kinross Council Ward Profiles
These profiles provide useful information and data about the 12 Council
Ward Areas which will be helpful, with updated data, as part of our LDP3
Settlement Audit exercise to inform the development of our place-based
Spatial Strategy.
Gaps, Uncertainties or Key Issues Raised:   The Ward Profiles contain
some data and information which is now out of date.  As part of the
Settlement Audit exercise for developing the Proposed Plan, they should
be viewed in the light of the most up-to-date information available for the
key characteristics and challenges for those places.  
Overview of the Implications for the Proposed Plan from the Community
Plan, Local Action Plans, Community Action Plans, and Ward Profiles
These Community Planning documents and profiles provide an important
source of information about our places, not only relating to their key socio-
economic characteristics, but also an understanding of the issues and
challenges faced by our communities, and their aspirations for the future
of their places.   It is incredibly important that these characteristics, along

Page 28

with relevant environmental, physical, cultural, and built heritage
characteristics identified are taken account of in the development of the
Spatial Strategy for LDP3, to help deliver sustainable, well designed, and
high-quality places.  We will engage with our Community Planning Partners
and the communities of Perth and Kinross through the development of our
Proposed Plan to ensure that the key messages and considerations coming
out of these documents and profiles remain relevant and are reflected in
our LDP3 Proposed Plan.

Page 29

Summary of Stakeholder Engagement:
Perth and Kinross LDP3 Big Place Conversation
The Council carried out its ‘Big Place Conversation’ (BPC) exercise to kick
start the LDP3 process across Perth and Kinross communities during most
of 2023.  The events ranged from drop-in information sessions, meetings,
and online surveys to workshops and online sessions using the Place
Standard Tool to capture the views of local communities.  There were also
targeted sessions held with schools, service user groups, and minority
groups.
The results of the BPC have been collated to produce a separate report on
the outcomes and findings across the different locality areas, as well as an
overview of results for the Council Area as a whole.  A full summary of the
results of the exercise, and the place-based actions to be taken forward as
part of the development of the Proposed Plan, are also provided as part of
this Evidence Report, under the statement of steps taken by the Council in
preparing the report to seek the views of various stakeholders, as
prescribed by the Planning (Scotland) Act 2019.
Figures B1(5) to (7) show some of the outcomes of our conversations in
some sample locations using the Place Standard Tool, and Figure B1(8) the
overall average scores for the Perth and Kinross Area.  Several of the key
points raised that are relevant to the ‘Design, Quality and Place’ issue have
been provided under their related themes to follow.   
Figure B1(5): Place Standard Wheel for Bertha Park High School Session
Figure B1(6): Place Standard Wheel for Birnam and Dunkeld Session 
Figure B1(7): Place Standard Wheel for Kinross-shire
Bertha Park
High School

Page 30

Figure B1(8): Place Standard Wheel for the Perth and Kinross Council
Area 
Due to the design and purpose of the tool, most of the Place Standard
themes and their questions are relevant to the Design, Quality and Place
issue of this Evidence Report.  The overall summary of the results for those
themes for the Perth and Kinross Area which are relevant to this issue tell
us that:
1. Moving Around scored an average of 3.6 out of 7.  Concerns were
primarily raised regarding: 
• The condition of footpaths and how that can impact on
accessibility.
• The presence of street furniture and lighting columns which can
further restrict access on already narrow footways.
• A lack of formal crossing points, especially on busy roads.
• The need to install traffic calming measures.
• settlements often lacking a cohesive, well-connected path
network to support greater uptake of walking and cycling
between destinations.
• The need for stronger active travel plans to account for out of
town housing developments.
• Overgrown vegetation encroaching on the public realm and
restricting access and visibility. 
2. Traffic and Parking scored an average of 2.9 out of 7.  Participants
concerns were expressed around:
• Difficult interactions between road traffic and parked vehicles,
limiting access for emergency and larger vehicles.
• Traffic volumes creating unwelcoming environments for people
to enjoy public spaces in towns and villages.
• Insufficient car parking, particularly in settlements which have
seen significant growth in recent years.
• The influx of tourists and visitors to natural spaces and key
attractions which can impact negatively on local areas.

Page 31

Some suggested solutions included an increase in the number of Park and
Ride or Park and Choose sites; better signposting to public car parks to ease
congestion; reduced speed limits (20MPH for all settlements), and the
development of bypass routes to reduce traffic through local streets.
3. Natural Spaces scored an average of 5.1 out of 7.  Key points raised
included:
• Participants felt well connected to nature in their place, and that
existing high-quality greenspaces enhance access to nature within
urban areas.  
• The active role of local volunteer groups in managing and
improving natural spaces and contributing to conservation and
biodiversity enhancement efforts was recognised.  
• Limited parking near to natural spaces was highlighted as
something that restricts access to them, as was poor path
conditions for those with reduced mobility/mobility impairments.  
• Noise pollution from traffic was also thought to detract from the
enjoyment of natural spaces.  
• Certain neighbourhoods were viewed as lacking in adequate urban
greenspaces due to issues of poor provision, accessibility,
connectivity and/or quality. 
• The path network was identified as being fragmented in places,
with missing links between key locations.  
• The cumulative impact of new development and land
management practices on ecosystem health was highlighted as a
concern, as too was the loss of greenfield sites (including those in
the greenbelt and open spaces) to new development.  
• Insufficient seating, sheltered areas, and litter bin provision in
natural spaces and along paths linking to them was also raised as
an issue.  
Some of the suggested solutions from participants included:
• Safeguarding the environment through effective policies such as
protecting greenbelt land, promoting brownfield regeneration,
and increasing open space designations in the LDP.
• Enhancing biodiversity and naturalness in both urban and rural
areas through tree planting, conservation initiatives, and well
design blue and green infrastructure.
• Improving the overall quality and connectedness of the path
network, linking settlements with natural spaces.
• Ensuring new developments contribute to creating or enhancing
greenspaces and path network linkages.
• Promoting natural attractions and path networks more
effectively.
• Increasing opportunities around prominent natural assets e.g.
the River Tay.
• Encouraging the collaborative management of parks and nature-
rich sites with communities.
• Increasing parking provision at key natural sites.
• Increasing opportunities for community growing, such as
orchards, allotments and gardens, and providing more seating
and sheltered areas and litter bins.
4. Play and Recreation scored an average of 3.9 out of 7.  Overall, there
was a lot of positive feedback across the area regarding the level and
variety of formal and informal indoor and outdoor play, leisure and
sport opportunities, particularly in larger settlements. However, it
was felt that:
• Children and older adults have the most opportunities, and that
the spaces and activities on offer to girls, older children and
young people (age 12+) and people with disabilities are
insufficient.  
• Existing play spaces and parks were also considered to lack a
variety of exciting and challenging equipment for the 12+ age
group and can generate significant concerns amongst children
related to anti-social behaviour taking place at them.

Page 32

• A limited number of facilities (particularly indoor) and organised
activities in rural areas meant that people need to travel by car
to access formal opportunities, and issues with active travel and
public transport further hinder accessibility.  
• The hiring of venues and participating in activities can be cost-
prohibitive, and many facilities are viewed as being outdated or
in poor condition, requiring maintenance and upgrades.  
• Issues were also raised concerning the loss of informal play and
recreation spaces to “No Mow” grassland management
approach, and new play provision provided through
development either being insufficient or delayed until later
project phases. 
• The key role local volunteer groups play in supporting a variety of
opportunities for all age groups was recognised.   
Some suggested solutions by participants included: 
• The upgrading of parks to offer a more diverse range of free
activities, including picnic areas, exercise equipment, and
informal gaming.
• The creation of more challenging and varied play opportunities
for all groups and users, such as skate parks, pump tracks, bridal
trails and mountain bike trails.
• Better segregation between play areas and parks for children and
young people.
• Enhancements to the active travel network to improve access to
facilities and more opportunities for recreational walking and
wheeling.
• Improving public transport connections to key facilities.
• Improving accessibility and making better use of existing indoor
venues, like church and village halls and schools.
• Development of more adaptable multi-use facilities (both indoor
and outdoor).
• Creation of central online platform for sharing information about
groups, activities and events.  
5. Facilities and Services scored an average of 4.1 out of 7 in relation to
how people view their places are like for accessing services they
need.  Feedback received presented mixed opinions as to whether
local shops and services in rural areas met people’s needs, and whilst
some areas were content with existing provisions, others noted travel
was necessary to access shops and services.  Many rural areas noted
the value of mobile services, like mobile libraries, and most areas
were able to access facilities and services needed at central hubs,
such as nearby towns, and Perth or Dundee.   Every area mentioned
the need to travel to Perth City Centre for retail and key services that
are not available locally, and limited access to healthcare facilities
such as GPs and dental services were mentioned in nearly every area. 
Many communities highlighted poor digital connectivity (both for
broadband and mobile), and that primary and secondary education
provision required enhancement in some but not all areas. 
Some of the suggested solutions were the development of rural hubs
to deliver essential services or develop more facilities to
accommodate growth.  Improvement to mobile broadband was also
suggested in some areas. 
6. Work and Local Economy scored an average of 3.7 out of 7 across the
Council Area.  Some areas felt that there is a good range of
employment opportunities, including part time and local
opportunities.  However, nearly every area commented on the need
to commute to work, and that local jobs can be limited in roles, with
those in professional jobs having to travel.  Other key points raised
included:
• Significantly a lack of variety of work opportunities was
highlighted in villages and in Perth neighbourhoods.  
• Many areas mentioned that the local economy is dominated by a
few sectors (e.g. tourism, agriculture, and retail), and some areas
highlighted that access to workplaces, especially in the evening, is
adversely affected by transport issues – this was raised in Perth
City neighbourhoods as well as in rural areas.

Page 33

• A few areas commented that poor access to Further and Higher
Education was an issue which undermines local economic growth.  
• Some areas also mentioned a shortage of housing which
undermines economic growth.
Some of the suggested solutions by participants included the
provision of more support for small businesses, including affordable
premises; improving the promotion of the tourism sector;
simplification of planning processes to make better use of existing
spaces for a mix of uses; better transport connections to major
centres; the development of remote work hubs with improved digital
connectivity, and improved range and quality of housing to allow
people to live in the same area in which they work. 
7. Housing and Community scored an average of 4.1 out of 7.  Most of
the conversations for this theme centred around the limited
availability of different types of housing to meet local needs in certain
areas, with a range of impacts on communities, including the ability
to recruit and retain workers; loss of young people; affordability,
particularly in more rural areas and where short term lets and
holiday/second homes levels are higher, and issues with the older
housing stock in terms of maintenance and energy efficiency.  Some
areas commented that new housing development was impacted on
the character of local areas and their infrastructure, and in certain
communities, it was felt that historic sites need reviewed.  
Suggestions put forward by participants, of relevance to the Design,
Quality and Place issue included – more provision of a variety of
housing types to meet the needs of communities; better integration
of affordable/social housing into new developments; improvements
to infrastructure needed as part of new developments; find a balance
between providing new housing and protecting the character of an
area e.g. considering local vernacular; prioritise brownfield
development and protect the greenbelt, and reuse and repurpose
existing buildings to create housing.
8. Social Interaction scored an average of 4.2 out of 7 across the
Council Area.  There was evidence that there are good opportunities
across the area for social interaction, whether that’s at indoor or
outdoor locations, and active community groups and sports clubs, as
well as organised events and activities etc. helped to support
interactions.  However, participants did highlight that there are a lack
of opportunities for disabled people and young people for meeting in
most areas, and in general in rural areas and smaller settlements
there are fewer venues to facilitate meeting up.  Other concerns
raised included:
• The experience isolation in some communities.
• A lack of public transport preventing social interaction.
• The underutilisation of some public buildings, and some public
spaces not being well maintained.
• Limited free and inclusive spaces for all age groups.
• High costs for booking venues, including PKC managed ones.
• A need to travel to larger settlements for socialising and activities,
and the impact on community life as a result of tourists/tourism.
Some of the suggested solutions included – the need for more
informal recreational spaces/ places which include outdoor
seating/shelters; more free, accessible spaces (with heating and Wi-
Fi) to help improve social interaction; better opportunities for young
people, including additional places and improved spaces; the
modernising of spaces to create community hubs; delivery of
community spaces through new developments, and promoting and
encouraging more local businesses. 
9. Identity and Belonging scored an average of 4.9 out of 7.  Whilst a
strong sense of community came across in most places, and people
feel proud of their place overall, it was felt that community cohesion
could be improved in some areas, particularly to welcome new
residents, and some areas felt that their identity has been eroded
over time, especially with the growth of towns and villages.

Page 34

Participants suggested solutions, which included – more local events
and celebrations to help promote identity; greater access to and
promotion of local heritage to foster pride; improvements to the care
and maintenance of some areas to help support identity and
belonging, and some felt that more is needed to engage young
people.
10. Feeling Safe scored an average of 4.8 out of 7.  Most people generally
feel safe in their place, and it was highlighted that community spirit
contributes towards the feeling of safety.  Safety issues in general
relate to specific trouble spots, rather than being an overall concern
for the whole Council Area.  However, not everyone feels safe
because of anti-social behaviour, and young people raised more
concerns about safety, particularly at night.  Other concerns
regarding safety included – the use by teenagers of spaces meant for
young children; flooding and flood risk; traffic speeds and volume;
feeling unsafe walking and cycling on roads and at some crossing
places, and vacant and derelict buildings. 
Suggestions to improve the overall feeling of safety put forward by
participants included creating options for young people to reduce the
likelihood of anti-social behaviour; improved lighting in some places,
including the use of solar powered options where possible (paths,
sometimes parks and bus stops are poorly lit); improved drainage and
flood protection, and improvements to the appearance of and
stronger enforcement around key buildings and land, including the
reuse of vacant and derelict properties. 
11. Care and Maintenance scored an average of 3.8 out of 7.  BPC
participants were asked if there are spaces or buildings that need
cleaning up or fixing in their area.  Feedback was that ‘In Bloom’
groups and other volunteers do a great job, and some local
communities take pride in their place organising litter picks and the
maintenance of public spaces.  
• Overall parks and public spaces were thought to be generally well
maintained, but the ‘No Mow’ grassland management approach
changes resulted in spaces being viewed as unkempt/poorly
maintained.  
• Condition issues were noted for roads, pavements, paths, and to a
lesser extent signage and bridges, and the encroachment of
vegetation onto paths and walking/cycling routes was highlighted
as an issue.  
• Playparks and sporting equipment was identified as requiring
better upkeep, and some historic buildings were noted as needing
better maintenance.  
• An increase in fly tipping, graffiti, litter (particularly on roads from
passing cars and in natural spaces) and dog-fouling were flagged,
and the need for more bins, and the more frequent emptying of
bins in certain locations.  
• Invasive species, like Japanese Knotweed were identified as
requiring close monitoring, and the addressing of blocked drains
and farmland/hillside run off was also raised in relation to the
exacerbation of flooding issues.   
• Impacts from wild camping and the lack of public toilets were also
raised. 
Suggested solutions from our local communities included – improved
funding for local groups; better and more collaboration between the
Council and community groups; more public toilet provision;
improved vegetation maintenance in summer months; improvements
to shop frontages; a coordinated approach to town centre
management; stronger enforcement of building maintenance
requirements; redevelopment of key vacant and derelict sites;
improved street cleaning and litter picking; improved drainage and
flood protection; designated spaces for young people to practice
street art; improved facilities for campervans and tourists, and wild
camping byelaws. 
Perth and Kinross LDP3 Evidence Report Topic Papers

Page 35

The Council produced and consulted on a series of Topic Papers which
covered the individual subject matters of NPF4’s national planning policies
suite.  These papers set out in detail the evidence the Council has gathered
to help produce our Evidence Report, and which we hope to use to
prepare our LDP3 Proposed Plan.  The papers were published on the
Council’s Consultation Hub for a 6-week period during July and August
2024.  As part of our consultation process for LDP3 Topic Papers we
welcomed the views of our key stakeholders (who were contacted
specifically via email regarding the consultation exercise) and the public at
large, on the sufficiency of the evidence gathered, our interpretation of the
implications of that evidence to the Proposed Plan, and on how we intend
to use that evidence to develop our LDP3.  We also asked respondents to
provide links to other sources of available information or data which they
felt we had not included, alongside an explanation of why they considered
any additional sources of information to be relevant to the preparation of
the Local Development Plan.  
The comments received on Topic Paper 018: Design, Quality and Place, and
how the Council has taken those responses into account through the
production of this Evidence Report are set out in the ‘Statements of
Agreement/Dispute’ section to follow. 
Perth and Kinross Council’s Tay Forest National Park Bid and Consultation
Analysis report 
As highlighted under other issues in this Evidence Report, consultation
events were carried out as part of the development of the Council’s Tay
Forest National Park bid during October to December 2023.  162 people
attended the drop-in events in Dunkeld, Pitlochry, Comrie, Aberfeldy and
Crieff, and there were also online surveys, webinars, targeted workshops
and an in-person questions and answers session.  
The Consultation Analysis Report was produced by LUC.  Of most relevance
to the Design, Quality and Place issue of this Evidence Report, the key
points raised included:  
• Top 5 ‘Special Qualities’ of the area were identified as - trees and
woodland, nature and wildlife, lochs/rives, scenery and distinctive
landscapes, and recreational opportunities.  People and communities,
the historic environment and heritage features, and productive
agricultural land also scored highly.
• The main areas for improvement were highlighted as – enhancing and
restoring biodiversity; sustainable transport provision to and around
the area; enhancing the tourism offer and managing visitor impacts;
reducing carbon emissions and adapting to the effects of climate
change; community development (housing, services and
infrastructure), and encouraging business investment and creating
jobs.
• Access, Recreation and Infrastructure improvements which could
benefit both local people and tourists include – improved path
maintenance, including a focus on prevention of footpath erosion,
improved wayfinding, and better surfacing for a range of users;
enhanced outdoor activities; additional parking provision (inc; more
visitor facilities (e.g. public toilets, waymarked paths, play spaces etc.),
and potential for off-road overnight parking for motorhomes.
• Support for improving the energy efficiency of local businesses and
also improvements to individual homes/building stock. 
• Improved safety and conditions of roads and paths for cyclists and
pedestrians to encourage active travel.
• Develop and join routes through hills and drove roads, enhancing
green travel options across the area.

Page 36

• Provision of new community facilities to reduce the need to travel to
meet needs.
• Delivery of high-speed broadband to support local businesses and
homes.
• Development of community heating systems.
• Regeneration of town centres.
• Preserving the beauty of local landscapes and cultural heritage.
• Importance of local heritage assets, with opportunities to protect
them for the benefit of local people and sensitively promote the area
to those who will enjoy and appreciate it.
How the views expressed have been taken account of in the
Evidence Report?
The Big Place Consultation exercise has given us an up-to-date awareness
of the primary concerns of our communities about their places, and by
bringing the results of the Place Standard sessions together we have a
better understanding not just about issues within specific settlements, or
localities, but a holistic overview of the Perth and Kinross Area as a whole.  
It has also helped to ensure that across the various policy issues included
within this Evidence Report the available evidence we have gathered is
appropriate and relevant to the concerns raised by our communities,
which in turn will ensure that the development of our Spatial Strategy
considers those concerns.  
The biggest overall concern for our communities was around the theme of
Traffic and Parking, and how related issues can cause difficulty for
pedestrians, cyclists and other road users.  It was also felt that high traffic
volumes, coupled with a lack of adequate car parking can detract from the
look, feel and enjoyment of many of our places, particularly natural spaces. 
The need to strike a balance between the benefits of tourists and tourism,
including those who visit our natural spaces for recreation and leisure, and
the knock-on impacts that can have on local communities is also an
important concern which has been considered in more detail under the
Tourism issue of this Evidence Report.  
The Moving Around, Work and Local Economy, Care and Maintenance, and
Play and Recreation overall scored quite similarly for the Council Area.  It is
considered that those issues raised by communities and potential solutions
suggested would be most appropriately looked at in more detail through
our Settlement Audit exercise to ensure our LDP3 Spatial Strategy reflects
not only the needs and concerns of individual local communities, but that
any specific solutions identified through the Plan have been developed
taking account of all relevant policy areas and potential new site proposals,
to deliver multiple benefits for our people, places and nature.
Whilst the Tay Forest National Park bid was not successful, the
consultation and engagement carried out to inform it provides us with a
greater insight into not only the concerns and priorities of the people who
live and work there, but also the qualities of the area which they value the
most, and the improvements they would like to see.  Reflecting on the
outcomes of both the Big Place Conversation and National Park bid, we can
see common themes coming through across Perth and Kinross, particularly
around transport and travel (including active travel); striking a balance
between tourism and quality of life for local communities; a greater choice
of more efficient and affordable housing, particularly in more rural areas
where short term lets and holiday/second homes is a concern; a wider
range of business, services and employment opportunities which are not
concentrated in the main population centres; protecting and enhancing

Page 37

the character and special qualities of our places which make them unique;
enhancing biodiversity; mitigating against and adapting to the impacts of
climate change, and improved infrastructure, whether that is to encourage
more walking and wheeling, improving access to high-speed broadband
and public transport services, more play and recreation opportunities for
different age groups which are inclusive (both indoor and outdoor), and
greater infrastructure provision to accommodate tourists.  Each of these
issues are linked to national planning policies in NPF4 and have been
considered in turn under the relevant issues of this Evidence Report in
terms of relevant sources of evidence and the likely implications of that
evidence to the development of our Proposed LDP3.

Page 38

Statements of Agreement/ Dispute:
14 responses were received on our Design, Quality and Place Topic Paper.  Most respondents (12 out of 14) either agreed with or had no comment to make
on the evidence identified through Topic Paper 018, and the summary of the implications of that evidence for the Proposed Plan provided by the Council.  A
number offered examples of additional sources of information which they felt should be considered.   A summary of these comments, their status, and the
Council’s response are provided in the table below.   There were 2 responses on the Design, Quality and Place issue which the respondents wished to be
treated as a formal dispute to the Evidence Report.  Those responses have been highlighted in red in the table. 
Respondent Agree or Dispute Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
A.S. Associates Ltd.
Planning and
Architectural
Services
Disagree, but
does not wish for
it to be treated as
a formal dispute
List of Evidence/Datasets: The respondent has
indicated that they disagree with the list of
evidence/datasets identified in Topic Paper 018:
Design, Quality and Place.  They specifically refer to
the reference under paragraph 1.60 to ‘Settlement
Audit’ work and ‘Site Appraisal’ templates giving
appropriate consideration to the ‘Six Qualities of
Successful Places’ prior to site proposals being
allocated in the Plan and the lack of clarity as to
which datasets will provide evidence for this audit
and appraisal work.  They further comment that the
audit/appraisal of settlements should include
reference to the planning history of land around
settlements, including small-scale proposals that
have implications for alteration to settlement
boundaries.  A suggested essential dataset is the
mapped register of planning applications and its
associated case file information, and historic
information relating to submissions from
landowners/agents for land to be considered for
allocation in the LDP should also provide essential
evidence.  The respondent refers to their client’s
history of applications for a site at Auchterarder,
which they were advised in the ‘Report of Handling’
PKC’s response to this is two part – 
Firstly, in line with the Scottish Government’s LDP
Guidance (May 2023) paragraph 108, PKC have not
considered any detailed policies or site proposals at the
Evidence Report stage.  There will be a ‘Call for Sites’ or
similar exercise following on from the publication of the
Evidence Report for our LDP3.  The Council will carry this
representation forward for consideration at a later date
as part of the consideration of proposals and potential
review of settlement boundaries exercises.  
Secondly, the Site Appraisal template that we propose
to use as part of this exercise is included in an annex to
this Evidence Report and is the agreed ‘Local
Development Plan: Site Assessment and SEA Checklist’
template developed by the Consultation Authorities and
dated 6th February 2024, with additional deliverability
criteria added.  The Settlement Audit template is noted
as an existing evidence gap in this Evidence Report as
we have not had the capacity to develop it to date.  In
developing our template we will draw on all place-based
evidence sources we have, and which have been
identified in this Evidence Report in order to meet the
requirements and expectations of the national suite of
planning policies included in NPF4.

Page 39

Respondent Agree or Dispute Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
for the application to pursue, via the LDP process,
the seeking of an alteration to the settlement
boundary.  They wish for their client’s site to be
considered in the preparation of LDP3.  
Summary of Implications for Proposed Plan (PP):
No Comments made.   
Further Comments: They had no further comments
to make.
Formal Dispute: A.S. Associates Ltd. Planning and
Architectural Services do not wish for their response
to be treated as a formal dispute.
Earn Community
Council
Agree List of Evidence/Datasets: Agree with list of
evidence/datasets set out under Topic Paper 018. 
Summary of Implications for Proposed Plan (PP):
Agree with summary of implications of the evidence
for the PP.
Further Comments: Highlights that there is no
mention in Topic Paper 018 of the Community
Council’s ‘Place Standard’ which was carried out in
2020, but that there is reference to “out of date”
Local Action Plans and Design Charettes.  Further
comments that no link is provided on page 28 of the
Topic Paper to PKC Ward Profiles.  Overall, Earn
Community Council comments that overall, a need is
identified to update data in the planning and
preparation in regard to Design Quality and Place.
Formal Dispute: Earn Community Council does not
wish their response to be treated as a formal
dispute. 
PKC welcomes the comments submitted by Earn CC;
reference to the Earn Community Conversation Report
was omitted in error by the Council but it has now been
included under the Local Living and 20 Minute
Neighbourhood issue list of evidence and datasets.
The hyperlink to the PKC Ward Profiles has been
provided elsewhere in Topic Paper 018 on pages 23 and
25 (paragraphs 1.55 and 1.59) and in Table A1 of
Appendix A.  It has also been provided under this issue
of our Evidence Report under the ‘Links to Evidence’ and
‘Summary of Evidence’ sections.
The age of the Local Action Plans and Design Charettes
have been acknowledged under the ‘Gaps, Uncertainties
and Key Issues Raised’ sections of this Evidence Report
and in Topic Paper 018.  It is the Council’s intention to
review the contents of these documents for each of our
places as part of our Settlement Audit work and to
update the data/profiles to reflect current
circumstances prior to developing our LDP3 Spatial
Strategy.

Page 40

Respondent Agree or Dispute Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Errol Community
Council
Neither List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of
Implications for Proposed Plan (PP): The
Community Council indicated that they neither
agreed nor disagreed with the sufficiency of the list
of evidence/datasets identified in Topic Paper 018:
Design, Quality and Place, and our summary of
implications of that evidence for the preparation of
the Proposed Plan.   
Further Comments: They had no further comments
to make.
Formal Dispute: Errol Community Council do not
wish for their response to be treated as a formal
dispute.
No further action required.
Gray Planning and
Development Ltd.
On behalf of GS
Brown Construction
Ltd.
Neither List of Evidence/Datasets: No comments made.
Summary of Implications for Proposed Plan (PP):
No comments made.
Further Comments: The respondent has commented
that landowners would like to be included as part of
the Settlement Audit exercise mentioned in Topic
Paper 018.  
Formal Dispute: Not applicable. 
PKC notes Gray Planning and Development Ltd.’s
request for landowners to be included in the Settlement
Audit stage of the Proposed Plan’s preparation. The
Settlement Audit will look at the existing facilities and
services on offer in a settlement, any current constraints
(environmental, infrastructure etc.), and where
opportunities might exist for future development, taking
account of the Proposed Plan’s overall Spatial Strategy
for the PKC Area.  A ‘Call for Sites’ or similar exercise will
also be carried out in conjunction with the Settlement
Audit, which will provide an opportunity for landowners
to put forward sites for consideration for inclusion
within the Proposed Plan, and to provide evidence or
information as to the suitability of their sites to help
support the delivery of the Spatial Strategy.
No further action required at Evidence Report stage.
Historic
Environment
Scotland (HES)
Agree List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of
Implications for PP: In their comments HES
indicated that they agree with the list of
PKC welcomes Historic Environment Scotland’s
comments.  No further action required.

Page 41

Respondent Agree or Dispute Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
evidence/datasets which has been gathered by the
Council for this issue and the summary of
implications of the evidence for the Proposed Plan,
as set out in Topic Paper 018.  
Further Comments: HES commented that they
welcome the references to the relevance of PKC’s
Placemaking Guide, as well as the commitment to
update it; continuing that the Placemaking Guide
sets out useful and important guidance on the
consideration of the historic environment in
planning, and the opportunities it offers in
placemaking.
Formal Dispute: Not applicable.
Homes for Scotland Dispute List of Evidence/Datasets: In their comments Homes
for Scotland indicated that they disagree with the list
of evidence/datasets which have been gathered for
this issue (as set out in Topic Paper 018).  They have
suggested the following additional sources of
evidence for inclusion under the ‘Design, Quality and
Place’ issue in order to deliver the six qualities of a
successful place and policy intent of NPF4 Policy 14:
• Creating Places: A Policy Statement on
Architecture and Place for Scotland – sets out
comprehensive value that good design can
deliver.
• Scottish House Condition Survey Local Authority
Analysis 2017-19 – provides data on how house
conditions compare to the national average.
• Designing Streets: A Policy Statement for
Scotland – sets out key considerations for street
layouts and how communities can be
accommodated through design.
PKC welcomes HfS’s comments and has now updated
the list of evidence for the Design, Quality and Place
issue of this Evidence Report to include the additional
suggested information sources.  A summary of
implications of these pieces of evidence for the
development of the Proposed Plan has also been
provided, including the recognition that a multi-
disciplinary approach to the design (including new build)
and delivery of high quality places, in collaboration with
communities, can also deliver successful places.  
As a result of adding the Scottish Household Condition
Survey (SHCS) Local Authority Analysis to our list of
evidence for consideration, the Council’s Local Housing
Strategy (LHS) and LHS Action Plan have also been
added under this issue, and the key information and
summary of implications for the Proposed Plan
addressed under the SHCS Local Authority Analysis
heading.

Page 42

Respondent Agree or Dispute Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
• Cycling by Design 2021 – details how active
travel can be accommodated in new and
existing developments and the benefits that can
be gained.
• Planning Advice Note 83: Masterplanning –
details the masterplan process and how it has
an important role in achieving successful places. 
Summary of Implications for the Proposed Plan:
Homes for Scotland (HfS) also indicated that they
disagree with the summary of implications of the
evidence for the Proposed Plan.  In their response to
Topic Paper 018 they comment that the paper has
detailed the criteria for meeting the six qualities and
focussed on residents’ perception of the Perth and
Kinross Council Area, along with data from the SIMD. 
Whilst HfS agree that these are important to
understand the current base position, it is their view
that the Council should also consider evidence
relating to how design, quality and place can be
delivered through new housing development. 
Further Comments: HfS supports the development
of the ‘Localities Profiles’ as part of the Settlement
Audit work for LDP3 to support the delivery of local
living and 20 minute neighbourhoods.  As per their
comments in response to the Local Living and 20
Minute Neighbourhoods Topic Paper, new housing
developments of circa 500 homes could potentially
support the delivery of some facilities, such as retail
units, to support local living.  HfS Members would be
happy to engage with PKC to discuss this either
during or following a ‘Call for Sites’ exercise.  HfS
invites the Council to utilise the Site Assessment
Methodology and Deliverability Checklist that HfS
As per the Council’s response to HfS under the Homes
issue of this Evidence Report, their proposed deliverability
checklist has been taken into consideration in compiling the
site assessment methodology template for LDP3.

Page 43

Respondent Agree or Dispute Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
have shared with PKC when considering ‘Call for
Sites’ submissions.  The methodology lists NPF4
policies which proposals will be assessed against,
and scoring can establish principles to create
successful places.
Formal Dispute: HfS wish their comments to be
treated as a formal dispute.  The points they wish to
dispute are that PKC should include the additional
data listed in their response, and analyse how this
will influence the design, quality and place that will
be created by future development. 
Montagu Evans LLP
on behalf of Loch
Developments Ltd.
Agree List of Evidence/Datasets: Agree with list of
evidence/datasets.
Summary of Implications for Proposed Plan (PP):
Agree with the summary of implications of the
evidence for the PP.
Further Comments: Montagu Evans LLP comment
that the allocation and subsequent development of
the former BCA site in Kinross will contribute to the
development of a liveable place of high-quality
design.
Formal Dispute: Not applicable.
PKC welcomes Montagu Evans LLP’s comments on
behalf of Loch Developments Ltd.  However, in line with
the Scottish Government’s LDP Guidance (May 2023)
paragraph 108, PKC have not considered any detailed
policies or site proposals at the Evidence Report stage. 
There will be a ‘Call for Sites’ or similar exercise
following on from the publication of the Evidence
Report for our LDP3.  The Council will carry this
representation forward for consideration at a later date
as part of the consideration of proposals. 
No further action required for this Evidence Report.  
Nature Scot Neither List of Evidence/Datasets: In relation to the
evidence gathered on the issue of ‘Design, Quality
and Place’ under Topic Paper 018, Nature Scot noted
that the Scottish Government’s ‘Creating Places: A
policy statement on architecture and place for
Scotland’ has been referenced on page 19 of the
Paper but has not been included in the list of data
sources.  Nature Scot also suggest the inclusion of
PKC welcomes Nature Scot’s comments on this issue;
‘Creating Places’ was omitted in error from Topic Paper
018 but has now been added to the list of data and
information sources as part of this Evidence Report,
along with ‘Designing Streets’.

Page 44

Respondent Agree or Dispute Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
the ‘Designing Streets’ policy statement as part of
the evidence for this issue.  
Summary of Implications for Proposed Plan (PP):
No comments provided. 
Further Comments: No further comments provided.
Formal Dispute: Not applicable.
PKC Transportation
and Development
Team
Neither List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of
Implications for Proposed Plan (PP): The Council’s
Transportation and Development Team welcomes
the focus on place in Topic Paper 018.  They neither
agree nor disagree with the list of evidence/datasets
gathered on this issue, but highlight, in terms of the
Council’s Mobility Strategy and Action Plan, that
Action 153 is an area for collaboration in the
development of the Proposed Plan.  This action is to
ensure that developments consider place and
prioritise the needs of people before the movement
of motor vehicles, in line with national and regional
guidance.  This includes prioritising sustainable and
active travel choices, and including fully accessible
paths and routes which are well connected with the
wider environment beyond the site boundary.
Further Comments: No further comments provided.
Formal Dispute: Not applicable. 
We welcome our Transportation and Development
Team colleagues’ comments on this issue.  The
Summary of Implications for the Proposed Plan section
of the Evidence Report for this issue has been updated
to include specific reference to Action 153.   
Private Individual Disagree List of Evidence/Datasets: Disagrees with the list of
evidence included within Topic Paper 018: Design,
Quality and Place.  In response to the consultation
question asking what the respondent thinks we
could improve on in terms of the list of evidence
included to allow us to prepare our LDP3, they
comment that the effect of over-development and
PKC welcomes the respondent’s comments.  However,
at this stage in the LDP3 process, for the Design, Quality
and Place subject, the Council has gathered evidence
and information about the localities across Perth and
Kinross using the Place Standard Tool as part of our Big
Place Conversation (BPC) exercise, and from published
community documents, such as Local Action Plans,

Page 45

Respondent Agree or Dispute Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
how the Six Qualities of Successful Places have been
mitigated in these circumstances are not detailed.  
When asked if there are any other sources of
information which they suggest for inclusion, the
respondent highlights evidence from objections to
LDP2 and the North Scone development, and the
objections to the detailed planning applications.  The
respondent continues that in their opinion PKC has
ignored the Six Qualities of Successful Places.  
Summary of Implications for Proposed Plan (PP):
The respondent disagrees with the summary of
implications of the evidence for the PP, as the effect
of over-development and how the Six Qualities of
Successful Places have been mitigated in these
circumstances are not detailed.   
Further Comments: Under the ‘Further Comments’
section of the consultation questionnaire, the
respondent comments that “PKC have demonstrated
with LDP2 they do not take into consideration the
views of the local residents.  They ignore the criteria
for the Six Qualities of Successful Places.”
Formal Dispute: Yes.  The respondent wishes their
comments to be recorded as a formal dispute as it is
their view that Topic Paper 018 fails to address any
of the recent historical activity and objection of the
local community. 
Community Action Plans and Design Charettes.  The
outcomes of our BPC exercise, and these community
documents are considered helpful in furthering our
understanding of the views of local communities on
their local assets, their aspirations, areas for
improvement, and a vision for the future of their place.  
As noted under the ‘Gaps, Uncertainties and Issues
Raised’ section for these sources of evidence, PKC
recognises that they will require to be updated as part
of our Settlement Audit work to ensure they are
relevant considering current circumstances.  The data
gathered as part of our Settlement Audits will also be
used to inform our work on Local Living and 20 Minute
Neighbourhoods. 
We have not revisited representations received to our
LDP2 as part of our Evidence Report information
gathering exercise, or objections to individual planning
applications.  There will be further opportunities as part
of the development of the Proposed Plan and our
Spatial Strategy to express location specific issues or
concerns. 
This Evidence Report identifies the Scottish
Government’s Six Qualities for Successful Places as key
considerations in the development of our LDP3 Spatial
Strategy.  It summarises those qualities, and comments
more generally that applying the qualities in the
development of the Plan’s Spatial Strategy, particularly
the allocation of proposals in LDP3, should help to foster
healthy, pleasant, connected, distinctive, sustainable,
and adaptable places.  Furthermore, bringing these
qualities through in the LDP’s Settlement Audit and Site
Appraisal templates should ensure all elements are
given the appropriate level of consideration prior to any
site proposals being allocated in the Plan, including the

Page 46

Respondent Agree or Dispute Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
level of development to date, and the capacity of a
settlement to absorb further development.  
Savills on behalf of
Dupplin Estate
Neither List of Evidence/Datasets: No comments made.
Summary of Implications for Proposed Plan (PP): 
No comments made.
Further Comments: Under the ‘Further Comment’s
section of the consultation questionnaire, Savills
have highlighted that through the ‘Perth
Sustainability Park’, there is an opportunity for a
development of high-quality homes following the
principles of Building with Nature.  The response
goes into further detail regarding - the facilitatory
role that housing delivery plays in assisting PKC
achieve other Spatial Strategy aims, the Council’s
MATHLR options, and the importance of providing
infrastructure first.  
Formal Dispute: Not applicable. 
PKC welcomes Savills comments on behalf of Dupplin
Estate.  However, in line with the Scottish Government’s
LDP Guidance (May 2023) paragraph 108, we have not
considered any detailed site proposals at the Evidence
Report stage.  There will be a ‘Call for Sites’ or similar
exercise following on from the publication of the
Evidence Report for our LDP3.  The Council will carry this
representation forward for consideration at a later date
as part of the consideration of proposals. 
In terms of comments made regarding the facilitatory
role of housing delivery in helping achieve other Spatial
Strategy aims, the Council’s MATHLR options, and the
importance of an infrastructure first approach, these
comments have also been made against the ‘Homes’
and ‘Infrastructure’ topics of this Evidence Report and to
avoid duplication, will be more appropriately addressed
under those issues.  
No further action required for this Evidence Report.  
Savills on behalf of
Scone Estate
Neither List of Evidence/Datasets: No comments made.
Summary of Implications for Proposed Plan (PP):
No comments made.
Further Comments: Under the ‘Further Comment’s
section of the consultation questionnaire, Savills
have commented that whilst the evidence sources
listed under Topic Paper 018: Design, Quality and
Place, in addition to applying the Place Principle and
carrying out Settlement Audits, should provide a
robust picture in relation to promotion of successful
places in LDP3, they consider that “arbitrary site
assessment steps should be avoided (for example
PKC welcomes Savill’s comments on behalf of Scone
Estate.  Whilst we appreciate their position regarding
the use of site assessments and the need for a balanced
planning judgement to be taken, it is still the intention
of PKC to use site assessments as part of our Strategic
Environmental Assessment (SEA) for LDP3.  We have
used a site assessment approach to inform our SEA for
LDP1 and LDP2.  It is an approach which is advocated by
the three SEA Consultation Authorities and allows for a
consistent approach to the appraisal of all site
proposals, provides an evidence trail, ensures that no
sites are missed, and that the relevant SEA Topics are
fully considered.  It also assists in the consideration of

Page 47

Respondent Agree or Dispute Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
SEA site assessments that are typically used in
emerging LDPs) because there is a risk that matters
become black and white and a balanced planning
judgement is lost.”  They provide an example in
relation to the likely need of the Council to consider
prime agricultural land because of the lack of
suitable brownfield land, and areas of highest
population demand tend to be near prime
agricultural land, and further comment that planning
judgement should be used in this instance to weigh-
up the benefits that sites, which may be part of the
prime agricultural land resource, can deliver across
the spectrum of NPF4.  
Savills also note the analysis of SIMD data as part of
the Evidence Report and highlight the prospect of
renewables projects that can raise community
benefit funds to help tackle deprivation across Perth
and Kinross.  They wish for this initiative to be
referenced and encouraged in the Evidence Report
and in LDP3.  
Formal Dispute: Not applicable. 
the cumulative effects of proposals on a location.  
Furthermore, the use of site assessments in the SEA
process helps us to gather relevant environmental data
and evidence to be taken into account alongside other
considerations, such as social and economic issues, to
support balanced planning judgements which will
consider the content of NPF4 as a whole. 
The subject of community benefits from renewable
schemes is discussed under the ‘Energy, Heating and
Cooling’ issue of this Evidence Report.  It is however
worth noting that, as per the Scottish Government’s
Good Practice Principles for Community Benefits from
Onshore Renewable Energy Developments, community
benefit schemes are voluntary arrangements offered by
renewable energy businesses to communities located
near developments, and are not a material
consideration in a planning application. 
No further action required. 
Scottish Water Neither List of Evidence/Datasets: No comment made.
Summary of Implications for Proposed Plan (PP): 
No comment made.
Further Comments: Under the ‘Further Comments’
section, Scottish Water (SW) have commented that
they welcome a best practice approach on water
efficiency within Perth and Kinross.  They regard the
long-term consideration of impact on water
resources when planning for new development to be
a key feature in building sustainable, adaptable and
healthy places.  Building new and retrofitting
PKC welcomes Scottish Water’s response and agree with
their comments in terms of promoting a best practice
approach on water efficiency within the Perth and
Kinross Area and taking a long-term view as to the
impacts of new development on water resources of the
area.  PKC will continue to work closely with SW during
the different stages in the preparation of our LDP3 and
beyond, to help identify where opportunities may exist
to safeguard existing resources, introduce efficiency
measures at site and community scales, and develop BGI
proposals with multiple benefits, including those around

Page 48

Respondent Agree or Dispute Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
existing homes to become more water efficient will
help address water scarcity issues, and incorporating
efficiency measures into developments and
refurbishments maximises water saving potential. 
SW would welcome opportunities to manage
rainwater at plot and community scale and make use
of that water for non-potable use.  To this end, SW
support developers in building water efficient
homes, and would go further to suggest that new
developments become water neutral to allow
communities to thrive through sustainable water
use.
In addition, SW notes reference to blue-green
infrastructure in Topic Paper 018, and strongly
supports the inclusion of blue-green assets as a key
design feature for new and existing developments,
due to the positive health benefits these assets can
provide by being accessible.  SW will continue to
work with local authorities and housebuilders to
develop Blue-Green Infrastructure proposals that
have strong placemaking, as well as surface water
management, at the heart of design. 
Formal Dispute: Not applicable.
surface water management and creating high-quality
attractive places. 
No further action required for this Evidence Report.  
Tactran Regional
Transport
Partnership
Agree List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of
Implications for Proposed Plan (PP): In relation to
the list of evidence gathered and summary of
implications of that evidence for the Proposed Plan,
Tactran notes the Council’s reference in Topic Paper
018 to the Scottish Government’s Six Qualities of
Successful Places, including connected places, and
what that means.  Tactran commented that in
addition to the key elements of connected places
outlined in the Scottish Government’s Six Qualities
PKC welcomes Tactran’s comments.  The Summary of
Implications for the Proposed Plan section of the
Evidence Report for this issue has been amended to
include reference to the need to consider the barriers
our communities can face in accessing sustainable
modes of transport when we are identifying proposals
for future development as part of our Spatial Strategy.   
It is suggested that these barriers might best be
considered through the SEA for our LDP3 under the
‘Population and Human Health’ topics, and solutions

Page 49

Respondent Agree or Dispute Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
of Successful Places, that “the ability to meet the
travel demands of development by sustainable
modes will be informed by the barriers that people
face to using sustainable travel such as cost, physical
ability (e.g. disabilities) and safety and security.  A
successful place is one that is accessible for
everyone, irrespective of physical or learning
difficulties.”  
Further Comments: Overall, Tactran welcomed the
detail set out in the Council’s topic papers in relation
to the evidence that will be used to inform the
development of this Evidence Report and the
Proposed LDP3.    Specifically relating to the
evidence for this issue presented in Topic Paper 018,
Tactran did not dispute the list of evidence/datasets
and the summary of implications of that evidence
for the Proposed Plan but advised of key
considerations which the Council should take into
account when developing our LDP3 Spatial Strategy
in order to deliver connected places which are
accessible for everyone.
Formal Dispute: Not applicable. 
may also be found through our work on local living and
20 minute neighbourhoods.

Page 50

No embedded text on this page.

Page 51

Issue: Local Living and 20 Minute Neighbourhoods
Corresponding NPF4 Policy/Policies:
• National Planning Framework 4, Policy 15: Local living and 20
minute neighbourhoods
• Other key NPF4 policy connections – 1:Tackling the climate and
nature crises; 2: Climate mitigation and adaptation; 13: Sustainable
transport; 14: Design, quality and place; 18: Infrastructure first; 16:
Quality homes; 20: Blue and green infrastructure; 21: Play,
recreation and sport; 25: Community wealth building; 27: City,
town, local, and commercial centres, and 28: Retail
Corresponding Perth and Kinross LDP3 Topic Paper:
Topic Paper 019: Local Living and 20 Minute Neighbourhoods
(https://consult.pkc.gov.uk/communities/topicpapers/supporting_docume
nts/TP019_LocalLiving20MinuteNeighbourhoods.pdf) 
Information required by the Act and NPF4 regarding the topic:
Section 15(5) of The Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997, as
amended: 
• The principal physical, cultural, economic, social, built heritage and
environmental characteristics of the district.
Section 15(2A) of The Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997, as
amended: 
• A statement of the planning authority’s policies and proposals as to
the provision of public conveniences.
Section 15(2B) of The Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997, as
amended: 
• A statement of the planning authority’s policies and proposals as to
the provision of water refill locations. 
The policy intent for NPF4 Policy 15 is noted as:
• To encourage, promote and facilitate the application of the Place
Principle and create connected and compact neighbourhoods
where people can meet the majority of their daily needs within a
reasonable distance of their home, preferably by walking, wheeling
or cycling or using sustainable transport options.
The policy outcomes for Policy 15 are:
• Places are planned to improve local living in a way that reflects local
circumstances.
• A network of high-quality, accessible, mixed-use neighbourhoods
which support health and wellbeing, reduce inequalities and are
resilient to the effects of climate change. 
• New and existing communities are planned together with homes
and the key local infrastructure including schools, community
centres, local shops, greenspaces, health and social care, digital and
sustainable transport links. 
Under Policy 15 Local Development Plans (LDP) are expected to support
local living, including 20 minute neighbourhoods within settlements, via

Page 52

their spatial strategy, associated site briefs and masterplans.  The approach
should take account of the local context, consider the different settlement
patterns across the LDP area, and reflect the particular characteristics and
challenges faced by each place.  Communities and businesses are seen as
having an important role to play in informing this approach through their
engagement with the planning system, helping to strengthen local living.  
The Scottish Government’s Local Development Plan Guidance (May 2023)
under it’s ‘Step by step guide’ provides advice on relevant evidence for the
NPF4 policy topics to help planning authorities in considering the national
planning policies when preparing their Evidence Report.  With respect to
NPF4 Policy 15, the Guidance advises that planning authorities are
expected to have an understanding of existing settlement patterns,
considering the particular characteristics and challenges faced by places in
terms of local living.  
The LDP Guidance highlights those other types of information which
planning authorities may wish to prepare or review (for spatial
implications) as: the locations of existing facilities used for community
functions (e.g. for the purposes of sport, leisure, arts and cultural activities,
or to support lifelong learning or social interaction); locations of facilities
that are used for support services within a community for health and
wellbeing (e.g. visiting health services, clinics, support and advice services
and childcare provision), and a review of previous engagement. 
Links to Evidence:
Understanding Our Local Places
• Climate X Change and Ramboll, 20 Minute Neighbourhoods
in a Scottish Context (February 2021)
• Scottish Government, Local Living and 20 Minute
Neighbourhoods: Planning Guidance (April 2024)
• Perth and Kinross Council Corporate Plan 2022-2027
• Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019)
• Perth and Kinross LDP2 Infrastructure Capacity Studies
(2017)
• Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (2020)
• PKC LDP3 Big Place Conversation
• Perth and Kinross Community Plan (Local Outcomes
Improvement Plan) 2022-32
• Perth and Kinross Council LDP2 Design Charettes
• The Perth City Plan 2015-2035
• PKC Placemaking Programme
• Invest in Perth: Smart Investing Now and for the Future
• Perth Cycle Network Masterplan
• Consultation Draft Mobility Strategy
• Perth and Kinross Mobility Strategy Draft Action Plan
• Perth and Kinross Local Action Plans
• Community Action Plans - Meigle and Ardler, Stanley, Alyth,
Coupar Angus, Dunkeld and Birnam, Crieff, Blairgowrie and Rattray,
Pitlochry and Moulin, Muthill and Tullibardine, Auchterarder and
Aberuthven, and St. Fillans.
• PKC LDP3 Invitation to Create LPPs
• PKC Ward Profiles (2022)
• Scottish Living Locally Data Portal

Page 53

The Place Principle
• Scottish Government and COSLA, Place Principle (2019)
Location of Facilities
• Perth and Kinross LDP2 Infrastructure Capacity Studies (2017)
• Perth and Kinross Council, Map of Public Toilets and Comfort
Schemes
• Scottish Water, Your Water, Your Life - Find My Nearest Tap
• Perth and Kinross Council List of Water Foutain and Refill Taps
Sport and Leisure, Arts and Cultural Activities
• PKC Leisure, Sport and Culture Webpage
• Live Active Website
• Perth City and Towns Website
• Visit Scotland Website
• Perth and Kinross Council Culture Strategy (2023-2028)
Childcare Provision and Supporting Lifelong Learning
• PKC Schools and Learning Webpages
• University of the Highlands and Islands Website
• Perth and Kinross Employability Network
Visiting Health Services and Clinics
• NHS Inform Scotland’s Service Directory
Social Interaction, and Support and Advice Services
• Your Community PK Website
Summary of Evidence:
Understanding Our Local Places
Climate X Change and Ramboll 20 Minute Neighbourhoods in a Scottish
Context (February 2021)
This research paper was published by Climate X Change and Ramboll
following the completion of a project which considered the ambition for
applying the 20 minute neighbourhood concept in Scotland, taking account
of the varying settlement patterns across the country, and sought to
identify solutions that would support its delivery.  It also analysed
international evidence of success for the various concept solutions and
delivery mechanisms, including the specific elements that were considered
successful, any impacts on placemaking, barriers to success, regulatory
frameworks, funding mechanisms, and stakeholder engagement and buy-
in.
The key findings of the assessment showed that communities, across both
urban and rural settlement areas, have the necessary services and
infrastructure that would allow them to be 20 minute neighbourhoods. 
However, it could not be concluded through the assessment that the
required quality of services or infrastructure is in place, or that these
places are currently performing as 20 minute neighbourhoods.   The
examples reviewed highlighted that a clear plan, which is people-centred,
developed with stakeholders in the local community, and with bespoke
local considerations, is necessary in order to achieve the vision.
Local Living and 20 Minute Neighbourhoods: Planning Guidance (April 2024)
This Scottish Government guidance document has been developed to help
support the application of NPF4 Policy 15 and highlights the links between

Page 54

a local living and 20 minute neighbourhoods’ approach and the delivery of
healthy, sustainable, and resilient places that can support a good quality of
life and balance our environmental impact at the same time.  Wider
benefits of the approach are recognised in terms of climate and the
environment, health and wellbeing, the local economy, and quality of life.
The document contains a ‘Local Living Framework’ which is intended to
provide ‘a consistent structure to consider the key characteristics of local
living and 20 minute neighbourhoods in development planning, decision-
making and in design proposals.’   The Framework sets out 14 key themes,
reflecting the Place and Wellbeing Outcomes and the Place Standard Tool
(Design Version), which are then grouped into the 5 overarching categories
of: Movement; Space; Resources; Civic, and Stewardship.  These categories
are regarded as the key considerations for local living.
The delivery of local living is thought to be a place-based, flexible approach
that involves having a full understanding of the context of a place, all the
assets present, and also its needs and opportunities.  In order to take a
structured approach to local living the guidance suggests (on page 29) the
following steps:
1. Understand context – understanding the context of the place
through the use of quantitative and qualitative information.
2. Collaborate, plan, design – developing collaborative models of
working to inform place-based planning and design processes. 
3. Implement and review – aligning investment, developing delivery
capacity, and embedding in ways of working.
Collaborative, participatory and place-based working are considered as
essential components in delivering local living and 20 minute
neighbourhoods that are inclusive, and allow everyone to live well locally,
as well as take part in decision making processes about their places.
Placemaking is also highlighted as being important to delivery of the
approach.  The guidance refers to the Place Principle and the Six Qualities
of Successful Places as being key to delivering good places and also local
living and 20 minute neighbourhoods. 
In terms of applying the concept to different geographies, the document
recognises Scotland’s diversity, and that flexibility will be required – this is
because accessing the majority of daily needs within a 20 minute walk,
wheel, or cycle in remote rural or island areas may not always be
achievable.  However, it is still considered ‘…possible to support local living
through planning for connected, attractive, sustainable places that respect
the character and context of rural settings, and also by considering the
relationship between different settlements and the opportunities that
exist to support a network of places to meet daily needs.
Perth and Kinross Council Corporate Plan 2022-2027 
Our Local Development Plan 3 (LDP3) will be prepared within the context
of the Council’s Corporate Plan, which sets out the Council’s vision for a
Perth and Kinross ‘where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and
inequality.’  It proposes a number of key priorities for the 5-year period
2022 to 2027.  It also reflects the principles of the Perth and Kinross Offer.
The Corporate Plan identifies 7 priority areas which the Council feels it can
directly influence and have the most impact upon, and those which are
most important to delivering the Vision for Perth and Kinross.

Page 55

Delivery of the Corporate Plan’s Priorities will be underpinned by a set of
Key Principles and delivered through a range of Key Actions.  
Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019)
The current Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan, along with its
accompanying supplementary guidance documents, and research and
information papers on infrastructure, provide a good basis of
understanding of the local context and characteristics of the area’s towns
and villages, as well as Perth City.  Information on the principal
characteristics of the area; sustainable transport; design, quality, and
place; infrastructure; quality homes; blue and green infrastructure; open
space, play and recreation; Community Wealth Building; city, town and
local centres, and retail, are all explored in more detail under the Issues of
this Evidence Report. 
The Perth and Kinross Area is a mix of both urban and rural communities. 
The Plan’s settlement hierarchy follows the Tiers 1, 2 and 3 categories
which were defined in the now revoked Strategic Development Plan –
TAYPlan.  This hierarchical approach focuses development on the Principal
Settlements, but also recognises the extremely limited brownfield
opportunities that exist across Perth and Kinross, and that the sustainable
growth of the area will rely on greenfield land release also.
Map 1 to follow shows the LDP2 Spatial Strategy: A Successful, Sustainable
Place, representing the hierarchy of settlements, key transport
connections across the area, and the Strategic Development Areas that
were identified in TAYPlan.  Map 2 outlines the LDP2’s Spatial Strategy for
the Plan’s ‘A Connected Place’ theme, highlighting the existing and
proposed key transport connections across the area. Finally, Map 3 shows
the active travel connections across Perth and Kinross, including: the
National Cycle Network, Rights of Way, Core Paths, the Cateran Trail, and
Signposted Routes.

Page 56

Map 1: LDP2 Spatial Strategy: A Successful, Sustainable Place

Page 57

Map 2: LDP2 Spatial Strategy: A Connected Place

Page 58

Map 3: Key Active Travel Connections within Perth and Kinross

Page 59

Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (2020)
The 2020 Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (SIMD) offers a wide range
of metrics to understand how different areas in Perth and Kinross perform
compared to the rest of Scotland. Overall deprivation figures show that 39
out of 186 (21%) of all data zones within PKC are ranked overall in the 40%
most deprived areas in Scotland. These account for a population of over
29,000, a 19.3% of the total for PKC. 11 out of 186 (5.9%) zones are within
the 15% most deprived; 3 out of 186 (2%) are within the 10% most
deprived areas. By way of contrast, 16 out 186 (8.6%) zones and 12,016
residents (8%) are within the 10% least deprived areas in Scotland.
The most deprived zones within PKC are located in urban areas. Of the 11
data zones within the 20% most deprived in Scotland, 9 are in Perth city,
with 2 zones in Rattray to the east of Blairgowrie. Map below shows the
overall SIMD decile for Perth city from 1 (most deprived) to 10 (least
deprived).
The map shows significant contrast in deprivation levels within urban
environments. While areas to the south of the city enjoy very low levels of
deprivation, there are several zones within the most deprived in the
country. Further analysis of data reveals a compilation of issues in these
zones, with low scores for education, health, income and housing. 
The SIMD also monitors accessibility for residents of a data zone to key
services and facilities. The ‘Access’ domain summarises proximity to petrol
stations, primary healthcare, post office, retail and primary and secondary
education premises. Perth and Kinross has a large number of data zones
within the most access deprived in Scotland. These, together with the
population they account for, are summarised in table below

Page 60

Metric No. of zones  
(% of PKC total)
Population (%) Working age
population (%)
5% most access
deprived
16 (8.6%) 11,886 (7.9%) 7,613 (8.3%)
10% most
access deprived
38 (20.4%) 32,758 (21.7%) 20,589 (22.3%)
20% most
access deprived
67 (36%) 56,357 (37.3%) 34,731 (37.7%)
Maps below show the distribution of SIMD data zones based on the
‘Access’ domain for the whole of PKC as well as Perth city.

Page 61

Perth and Kinross LDP2 Infrastructure Capacity Studies (2017)
As part of the research work carried out for the production of our LDP2,
Infrastructure Capacity Studies were undertaken in 2017 for the larger
settlements within the PKC Area. These studies analyse population growth,
community facilities, open space, transport infrastructure, education,
health, energy and water infrastructure. The information contained within
the studies will be updated as part of our Evidence Report, infrastructure
audits and Settlement Audit work to inform the Proposed Plan.
PKC LDP3 Big Place Conversation
The Council carried out its ‘Big Place Conversation’ exercise to kick start
the LDP3 process across Perth and Kinross communities during most of
2023. This was a substantial exercise involving over 100 events throughout
the Council Area. The events ranged from drop-in information sessions,
meetings, and online surveys to workshops and online sessions using the
Place Standard Tool to capture the views of local communities about
different aspects of their places.   There were also targeted sessions held
with schools, service user groups, and minority groups.
The results of the Big Place Conversation have been summarised and made
available in the Perth and Kinross Council website. The results are provided
by community council area, by ward and overall council-wide findings.
Some of these insights have been included as part of LDP3’s Evidence
Report under the required statement of steps taken by the Council in
preparing the report to seek the views of various stakeholders, as
prescribed by the Planning (Scotland) Act 2019.
Perth and Kinross Community Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan)
2022-32
Our Community Plan was approved by the Perth and Kinross Community
Partnership in September 2022.  It contains an ambition for the area to ‘be
the best place in Scotland for everyone to live life well, free from poverty
and inequality.’   The Plan sets out 5 Strategic Priorities for the area, which
are:
1. Reducing Poverty (child, food, and fuel)
2. Physical and Mental Wellbeing (evidence shows a major increase
in demand for mental health wellbeing support post Covid-19)
3. Digital Participation (issues of connectivity, technology and
individual capacity identified across the area)

Page 62

4. Learning and Development (supporting individuals and
communities to build their skills, confidence, and resilience)
5. Employability (an enhanced focus on upskilling for those seeking
employment and supporting young people in a fast-changing job
market, enabling people to enter, sustain and progress in work)
The Community Plan also provides a summary profile for the area of
relevant data and trends linked to those Strategic Priorities.  This helps
build a stronger picture of the key characteristics and challenges of the
Area which the Council, along with our Community Planning Partners, are
seeking to address through a number of area-wide actions.  These actions
have all been linked to corresponding National and Local Outcomes too. 
Perth and Kinross Council LDP2 Design Charettes
Between 2014 and 2016, Perth and Kinross Council worked in partnership
with a number of local Community Councils to undertake a series of
community design workshops in key settlements across the area.  The
objective was to work with local communities and key stakeholders, in
identifying a town's strengths, weaknesses, as well as opportunities to help
mitigate the social, environmental, and economic challenges towns across
Scotland are facing.  In total, 5 charettes were undertaken for Aberfeldy,
Auchterarder, Bridgend, Blairgowrie, and Crieff.
The Perth City Plan 2015-2035
This Plan was prepared on behalf of the Perth City Development Board. 
The Board consists of senior representatives of the private and public
sector in Perth and Kinross, and the wider region. It sets out a long term
vision for Perth as one of Europe’s great small cities, along with a
framework for investment in strategic infrastructure.  It also includes a 5
year delivery plan for economic development and placemaking.  
The Plan focuses on the concept of smart growth, i.e. that Perth City ‘uses
digital and environmental technologies, thoughtful design and next
generation concepts to make… [it] a place where:
• People live well, work in quality jobs and play in a great
environment – a prosperous, balanced community not a commuter
dormitory;
• Environmental technologies will be a key driver of economic growth
and innovation;
• The city will grow in a responsible way, reducing car dependency
and encouraging the use of public transport;
• We take full advantage of digital technologies to create a city which
is efficient and connected;
• Low-carbon will be a way of life, founded on energy-efficient homes
and businesses;
• The unique characteristics of the historic city centre and Perth’s
natural setting will be celebrated and enhanced.’
Figure 1 to follow shows the Plan’s Framework, which is based on 4
strategic themes and 8 ‘Big Moves’ to help promote investment in
economic development, learning skills, placemaking, and tourism.

Page 63

Figure 1: Perth City Plan – The Framework
PKC Placemaking Programme
This Programme is linked to the Perth City Plan and seeks to enhance the
quality, vitality and vibrancy of Perth City Centre and key rural settlements,
encouraging increased use and longer time spent in these locations,
contributing to sustainable economic growth.  A series of initiatives have
been identified to help create high quality public spaces, deliver
sustainable active travel routes, and promote use of the area’s natural
assets.  The priorities and principles the Council are committed to are:
• Developing a strategy for traffic, access, and movement, which
prioritises the pedestrian.
• Creating a hierarchy of streets, public spaces, and walking/ cycling
routes.
• Improving the environmental quality of key streets/ public spaces,
promoting natural assets, and building architecture.
• Establishing a framework of green infrastructure.
• Creating attractive points of arrival and ensuring key landmarks,
natural assets and streets are better connected.
Projects to be delivered under the Council’s Placemaking Programme
include - City Greening; Green Networks; Aberfeldy; Alyth; Golden Route;
Tay Street and South Street (Perth).
Invest in Perth: Smart Investing Now and for the Future
This document sets out the investment opportunities being delivered
through 3 key pillars (energy, mobility, and digital) to realise a ‘Smart
Perth’.  The aim of the Smart Perth programme is to make Perth one of the
most sustainable small cities in Europe.  A city with a net zero future that
will be inclusive, sustainable, grow the economy, create jobs, and improve
quality of life.
The programme’s flagship investment project is Perth West, which will
incorporate Perth Eco Innovation Park, the Perth Innovation Highway, and
a logistics, mobility, and refuelling hub.  Wider opportunities for smart
investing include - Perth and Kinross Strategic Energy Partnership; EV
Charging Infrastructure; Circular Economy and Binn Eco Park, and Gigabit
Connected Perth.
Perth Cycle Network Masterplan
This document is a key part of the Perth City Plan, building on the vision of
creating a hierarchy of streets, public spaces, walking and cycling routes

Page 64

across the city region.  It outlines a framework for investment in active
travel through identifying 8 cycle corridors which will help link the city
centre to its surrounding communities and those areas identified in LDP2
for development to the north and west of Perth.
Mobility Strategy
The Mobility Strategy sets Perth and Kinross Council’s vision for managing
and developing the transport network across the area. It considers all
modes of transport for the movement of goods and people, across our
urban and rural areas, to help achieve the national targets and outcomes
established under the National Transport Strategy 2. The Strategy
responds to the climate change agenda and changes in how people travel. 
It also considers emerging technologies, digital services, housing, inclusion,
poverty, health, climate adaptation, economic growth, air quality, and
placemaking.
The document presents a set of 11 Transport Planning Objectives (TPOs),
aiming to guide the definition of policy, development and investment
decision making processes. This list of TPOs includes several items that
align with, and should work in support of, the principles of Local Living:
• TPO1: To improve the affordability of transport options across Perth
and Kinross for all
• TPO2: To improve the ability of rural communities and communities
with protected characteristics to access jobs, education and services
• TPO3: To reduce CO2 emissions produced by transport across Perth
and Kinross, by reducing car kilometres, decarbonising motorised
transport and increasing the share of everyday journeys of people
and goods by sustainable and active travel modes
• TPO6: To support local development that encourages and facilitates
local living and sustainable access, across Perth and Kinross, by
achieving an increased active travel and public transport mode split
to and from new developments
• TPO8: To improve labour market access through sustainable
transport, active travel, and digital opportunities, to and from Perth
and Kinross
• TPO10: To improve physical; and mental health within Perth and
Kinross through walking, wheeling and cycling
Perth and Kinross Mobility Strategy Action Plan
The Mobility Strategy is also accompanied by an Action Plan which includes
a number of actions which are of direct relevance to our Local
Development Plan 3 Spatial Strategy, including those relating to:
connected neighbourhoods and centres; green and blue infrastructure;
open spaces and opportunities for play, and the identification of
sustainable future site allocations.
Perth and Kinross Local Action Plans
There are 5 Local Action Plans (LAP) covering the 7 localities within the
Perth and Kinross Area. Each LAP contains a profile of the
locality/localities; information on the relevant Community Action
Partnerships; data and information on the Key Inequalities for the area
under the themes of: SIMD, Child Poverty, Crime, Income, Employment,
Housing, Health and Wellbeing, Fairness Commission key themes, and
lessons learned so far, and a list of Key Issues Identified, with
accompanying statements on ‘What needs to change’ and the actions
required to bring about those changes, when and by whom.

Page 65

Community Action Plans
Community Action Plans are community-led and focus on identifying a
common vision, key themes, priorities and actions needed to enhance a
place over the period of the CAP and beyond.
There are currently 11 Community Action Plans (CAPs) in Rural Perth and
Kinross. These are available for Alyth, Auchterarder and Aberuthven,
Blairgowrie and Rattray, Coupar Angus, Crieff, Dunkeld and Birnam, Meigle
and Ardler, Muthill and Tullibardine, Pitlochry and Moulin, Stanley, and St.
Fillans.
There is also a CAP development process due to start for Comrie once the
necessary funding has been secured.
PKC LDP3 Invitation to Create Local Place Plans
The Planning (Scotland) Act 2019 introduced a new type of plan called
Local Place Plans (LPPs).   These are plans prepared by a Community
Council or community-controlled body, and supported by the community,
that describe their vision for the future of their local area.  LPPs set out
proposals for the “development and use of land”, which can be proposals
for new buildings, or other changes in the way land is used, such as walking
or cycling routes, historic building preservation, affordable housing, or
improved open spaces.   When preparing an LPP, the community body
must have regard to the Local Development Plan, National Planning
Framework, and the Locality Plan for the area.  
In December 2023, Perth and Kinross Council advertised an invitation to
create LPPs, stating that community bodies can prepare LPPs for their area
and submit to the Council for registration at any time.  Any LPPs that are
registered with the Council by 31 January 2025 will have the greatest
opportunity to be taken into account when preparing our LDP3, as work on
preparation of the Proposed LDP3 is programmed to begin in early 2025.
At the time of writing this document, a number of community bodies
within Perth and Kinross expressed their interest in preparing an LPP. The
following 10 communities have engaged in the plan making process:
• Aberfeldy Dull and Weem;
• Alyth;
• Ardoch;
• Blairgowrie and Rattray;
• Cleish and Blairadam;
• Crieff;
• Errol;
• Fossoway;
• Glenlyon and Loch Tay; and
• Meigle and Ardler.
Perth and Kinross Council Ward Profiles (2022)
In 2022 the Council collated ‘Ward Profiles’ for each of the 12 Council
Ward Areas. The information for each area has been divided into main
topics which are: population, economy, housing, education, physical
environment.  Information has also been included on local deprivation
based on the Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (SIMD), where it is
relevant to a local area. These profiles (with updated data where available)
will be useful to our LDP3 Settlement Audit exercise.

Page 66

The Place Principle
Scottish Government and COSLA Place Principle (2019)
One of the Policy Intents of NPF4 Policy 15 is to encourage, promote, and
facilitate the application of the Place Principle to create connecting and
compact neighbourhoods. The Place Principle was adopted by the Scottish
Government and COSLA in 2019 to help overcome organisational and
sectoral boundaries to encourage better collaboration and community
involvement. It promotes a shared understanding of place, and the need
for communities, public organisations, and businesses to work together to
achieve better outcomes for people and communities. 
The Place Principle says that we recognise that:
• Place is where people, location and resources combine to create a
sense of identity and purpose and is at the heart of addressing the
needs of communities and helping them realise their full potential. 
Places are shaped by the way resources, services and assets are
directed and used by people who live in and invest in them.
• A more joined-up, collaborative and participative approach to
services, land, and buildings, across all sectors within a place, helps
support better outcomes for all, and increased opportunities for
people and communities to shape their own lives.
The Principle requests that all those responsible for providing services and
looking after assets in a place need to work and plan together and with
local communities, to improve the lives of people, support inclusive and
sustainable economic growth, and create more successful places.

Page 67

Location of Facilities
Perth and Kinross LDP2 Infrastructure Capacity Studies (2017)
The 2017 studies included mapped information on the number and type of
different community facilities and services within settlements and how
accessible they were within travel zones of 5 minute intervals, from 5
minutes through to 20 minutes.  The list of facilities and services looked at
included:
• Community sports facilities and leisure activities.
• ATMs
• Petrol stations
• Libraries and/or mobile library services
• Community or town halls
• Post Offices
• Public houses and hotels
• Recycling points and centres
• Council offices 
• Healthcare facilities and services
• Open spaces
• Education provision and capacity
• Retail and employment offer
• Energy supply and water/wastewater capacity
• Access to high speed broadband
The capacity studies also considered transport and travel connections,
including active travel, the capacity of the road network, and road safety
records.  Finally, a SWOT analysis was undertaken for each settlement. 
Perth and Kinross Council, Map of Public Toilets and Comfort Schemes
Perth and Kinross Council currently operates 7 public toilets throughout
the Council Area, and Blairgowrie and Rattray Development Trust operate
a further public convenience facility at a Council-owned building in
Blairgowrie.  
They are a mix of unattended facilities (located mainly in smaller
settlements and parks), which are free to use, and the attended facilities
(located in larger towns), which have a 50 pence admission charge. 
Regular visitors of the attended facilities who have certain medical
conditions, can apply for a Public Toilet Access Pass, which allows them to
use the attended facilities free of charge.  Under 5’s can use the facilities
free of charge when accompanied by a fee-paying adult.
The Council also offers a number of free to use public toilets through
partnerships with local service providers, e.g. hotels, pubs and public
buildings.  This is known as the Perth and Kinross Comfort Scheme.  The
Council pays an annual fee to businesses, tourist hubs and community
groups, to allow the public to use these facilities at no cost, regardless of
whether or not they are a customer.  
Map 5 to follow provides an overview of the distribution of these facilities. 
Further details regarding the location and types of public toilets, and those

Page 68

which are part of the ‘Comfort Scheme’, can be viewed on an interactive
map provided on the Council’s website. 
Map 5: Location of Public Toilets and Comfort Schemes
Scottish Water, Your Water, Your Life - Find My Nearest Tap
Scottish Water currently has 6 installed blue top up taps within the Perth
and Kinross Council Area.  The locations of these publicly accessible refill
taps are listed below and can be viewed on Scottish Water’s ‘Your Water,
Your Life’ webpages. 
• The Square, Aberfeldy
• Lady Mary’s Walk Car Park, Crieff
• Perth High Street
• South Inch Park, Perth
• North Inch Park, Perth
• Atholl Road, Pitlochry
Perth and Kinross Council Water Refill Locations
Perth and Kinross Council manages a total of 169 water fountains and
zip/refill taps located within council premises. These are often installed in
educational and care facilities, as well as council depots. While these are
part of the asset management duties of PKC, they are only accessible to
authorised users of the facilities, and are not available to the wider public.
The Scottish Government’s LDP Guidance suggests that other information
which planning authorities might wish to prepare or review in relation to
NPF4 Policy 15 are those which help identify the locations of facilities
which are used for community functions and support services within a
community for health and wellbeing.  A more detailed audit of a number of
these types of facilities (including consideration of their capacity) will be
considered under the ‘Infrastructure’ issue in this Evidence Report and
updated where necessary as part of the Settlement Audit work for LDP3. 
The audits will build on the infrastructure capacity studies undertaken for
LDP2 in 2017 for the larger settlements within Perth and Kinross.  
Other information sources which can be drawn upon to help update the
2017 infrastructure capacity studies are covered in the paragraphs to
follow. It is likely that the list of “destination uses” which we use in our
approach to identifying 20 minute neighbourhoods and local living places
will replicate those facilities and services included in our 2017

Page 69

Infrastructure Capacity Studies and include any additional types of facilities
and services listed in the Scottish Government’s LDP Guidance regarding
Policy 15.
Sport and Leisure, Arts and Cultural Activities 
PKC Leisure, Sport and Culture Webpage
Perth and Kinross Council has an online interactive ‘Open Spaces’ map
which contains data on the location and typology of different types of
open spaces across Perth and Kinross.  The map holds information on
major parks, skate parks, sports pitches, burial grounds, community food
growing locations, play areas, rights of way, adopted core paths,
signposted paths, maintained open space, and our countryside sites.   It is
available both internally via our corporate GIS system and there are also
publicly accessible maps under the various open space type sections on the
Leisure, Sport and Culture page of our website. 
Live Active Website
The Live Active website provides information on the location of leisure
facilities, as well as community halls available for hire, across Perth and
Kinross, and the ranges of activities on offer at them.   
Perth City and Towns Website, Visit Scotland Website and Perth and
Kinross Council Culture Strategy (2023-2028)
The Perth City and Towns website provides information on the location of
cultural and event venues across Perth and Kinross, along with what is on
offer at those venues under the ‘Explore and Stay’ and ‘Things to Do’
sections.  The Visit Scotland website and the Council’s Culture Strategy
(2023-2028) also provide lots of useful details about places of interest and
things to do across the area.
Childcare Provision and Supporting Lifelong Learning
PKC Schools and Learning Webpages
The Council maintains a record of the provision of early learning and
childcare services (including childminders, children’s clubs, and groups),
and schools (primary and secondary) throughout the area.  This record
includes details of their location and school catchment areas and is
available via an interactive map on the Council’s Schools and Learning
pages on the website.  
University of the Highlands and Islands (UHI) Website
The UHI website provides information on the University’s Perth Campus,
including courses, their partnership working with all senior secondary
schools in Perth and Kinross, and the services on offer at the campus. 
Perth and Kinross Employability Network
The Perth City based Perth and Kinross Employability Network provides
information on their website about the wide range of supports, and
opportunities they offer to help people with additional challenges and
barriers to work improve their employability skills and access meaningful
volunteering or work experience placements with their Members. 
Information on current Service Offers, including the Employment
Connections Hub in Perth is also available on the Network’s website.

Page 70

Visiting Health Services and Clinics
NHS Inform Scotland’s Service Directory
The NHS Inform Scotland’s Service Directory provides details of health and
wellbeing services available across the Perth and Kinross Area.  This
includes information on - A&E and Minor Injuries Units; dental services; GP
practices; hospitals; opticians; pharmacies; clinics, and other health and
wellbeing services, like support groups.
Social Interaction, and Support and Advice Services
Your Community PK Website
The ‘Your Community PK’ website provides an extensive list of services
available (including contact information) across Perth and Kinross under
the - Advice and Info; Care and Support; Children and Families; Health and
Wellbeing, and Things To Do categories.   The website also contains an
interactive map to help identify the location of these services.
Overall accessibility research
Scottish Living Locally Data Portal
Research led by the University of Glasgow maps the level of access of data
zones across Scotland to facilities and services classified under 12 living
locally domains. Table below shows the percentage of residential locations
that have access to specific facilities and services within an 800m network
distance, as an average for data zones within Perth and Kinross, and
compared to averages for Scotland.
Domain PKC Nation
avg.
Domain PKC Nation
avg.
Healthy food retail 44.1 52.9 Financial 67.7 81.7
Public Transport 89.2 94.4 Pharmacy 40.4 59.0
Frequent Public
Transport (>5 / hr)
59.3 65.1 Public Open
Space
77.6 89.6
Primary Health Care 27.0 42.2 Social Cultural 72.0 77.6
Recreational &
Sports Facilities
75.4 86.1 Eating
Establishment
47.0 57.5
Primary School 52.9 67.9 Superfast
Broadband
82.4 92.5
While figures for Perth and Kinross are determined by the rural nature of a
number of data zones, the overall comparison to the national average
demonstrates gaps in the provision of facilities and services to a segment
of the population. A breakdown of accessibility figures for individual data
zones within Perth and Kinross is shown in Summary of SLLDP data.

Page 71

Summary of Implications for the Proposed Plan:
• The next stages of the Development Plan process will include the
update of datasets to provide a more accurate picture of facilities
and services.
• A methodology for the assessment of local living and 20 minute
neighbourhood interventions will be developed. This will combine
the need for development to be adequately placed and the role
that new proposals can play in the delivery of additional
infrastructure for local communities.
• The selection of sites for development will include an evaluation of
sustainable travel options. Infrastructure for walking and cycling
and public transport services will be assessed to identify existing
provision or enhancement opportunities.
• The location of housing and employment land will take into account
the potential for commuting trip generation and will aim to identify
reduction or mitigation opportunities.
• The location of healthcare and educational facilities will be
assessed, aiming to support the accessibility for residents and
visitors, and promoting well integrated places
• Feedback from community consultation exercises, including Big
Place Conversation and Local Place Plans, will be incorporated to
identify key gaps in the provision of local facilities and inform future
development.
• Utilise masterplans and design briefs to encourage developments to
follow the principles of local living.
Understanding Our Local Places
Climate X Change and Ramboll 20 Minute Neighbourhoods in a Scottish
Context (February 2021)
The Climate X Change and Ramboll research is incredibly useful in
providing a definition of what a 20 minute neighbourhood is within a
Scottish context, and outlining what the key elements of such a place are. 
It establishes a baseline for Scotland at a national scale, to allow us to see
how close the neighbourhoods across the country are to meeting the 20
minute definition.  This baseline can also be applied at a local level for our
LDP3 local living and 20 minute neighbourhood analysis work.  The
research work also categorises neighbourhoods using residential densities
from the Urban Rural Classification, to allow for the development of
recommendations that can be applied to the different types of urban and
rural areas, which provides a helpful framework for application via our
LDP3 approach.
Local Living and 20 Minute Neighbourhoods: Planning Guidance (April
2024)
The Scottish Government’s Planning Guidance on the subject is helpful in
setting out a framework within which our work on identifying Local Living
and 20 Minute Neighbourhoods across Perth and Kinross can be
developed. 
To date, we have not started our work on developing a methodology to
help us identify what Local Living and 20 Minute Neighbourhoods will look
like within the context of the Perth and Kinross Council Area.  This will be
developed prior to developing our Proposed Plan and will use data and
information gathered on our places through our Settlement Audit work to
inform the outcomes i.e. the identification of our ‘Local Living’ places or
networks of places, as appropriate.

Page 72

Perth and Kinross Council Corporate Plan 2022-2027
Delivery of the Corporate Plan’s Priorities will be underpinned by a set of
Key Principles and delivered through a range of Key Actions.  The Local
Development Plan is identified in Appendix 1 to the Corporate Plan as one
of the associated strategies which will help deliver the Council’s Corporate
Plan Priorities.  Developing our Local Development Plan 3 in alignment with
National Planning Framework 4, should help support the delivery of the
Council’s Vision for a Perth and Kinross ‘where everyone can live life well,
free from poverty and inequality’, all the Corporate Plan’s Priorities.
However, Priorities 1, 3, 4, 5 and 7 in particular should be delivered
through implementing NPF4 Policy 15.
Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 (2019)
When starting any Local Development Plan review, it is important to
recognise that we are not starting from scratch.  A wealth of information
and evidence already exists regarding physical, social, cultural, economic,
and environmental aspects, to help us understand the existing key
characteristics of our Plan Area, as well as the connections and interactions
between our places, and the needs and ambitions of our communities.  
The current Perth and Kinross LDP2 brings those different matters together
under its spatial strategies to help create successful, sustainable, low-
carbon, natural and resilient, and connected places.  
It is also necessary to monitor how successful the implementation of LDP2
has been to date to understand if the existing spatial strategies are fit for
purpose and which aspects of those strategies can be carried forward into
our Proposed LDP3.  However, this should be viewed within the context of
the changes to national planning policy under the 2019 Planning Act and
NPF4, and updates to the Council’s Corporate as well as Community
Planning plans and strategies.
Perth and Kinross LDP2 Infrastructure Capacity Studies (2017), PKC LDP3
Big Place Conversation, Perth and Kinross Council LDP2 Design Charettes,
Perth and Kinross Local Action Plans, Community Action Plans, Scottish
Index of Multiple Deprivation (2020), and Perth and Kinross Council Ward
Profiles (2022)
The SIMD data, capacity audits, ward profiles, feedback received during
engagement events, and our community led documents provide an
important source of information about our places, not only relating to their
key socio-economic characteristics, but also an understanding of the issues
and challenges faced by our communities, and their aspirations for the
future of their places.  It is important that these characteristics, along with
relevant environmental, physical, heritage, and socio-economic
characteristics are taken account of and reflected through the
development of the Spatial Strategy for LDP3, to help support the
identification of local living and 20 minute neighbourhoods across the
Perth and Kinross Area. 
Perth and Kinross Community Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan)
2022-32
Although there are no specific actions in the Community Plan attributed to
the Local Development Plan, there are actions which LDP3 and the land
use planning system can help support the coordinated delivery of, such as:
enhancing sustainable and active travel connections via new
developments; improving the quality and provision of green and blue
infrastructure (including open spaces, community allotments, natural
water management solutions etc.); identifying housing and employment

Page 73

land in sustainable locations, and facilitating the delivery of quality energy
efficient homes in a range of tenures.
The Perth City Plan 2015-2035, PKC Placemaking Programme, and Invest
in Perth: Smart Investing Now and for the Future
Perth Cycle Network Masterplan
The Perth City Plan, Placemaking Programme, and the Invest In Perth
document provide the framework for the future growth and development
of Perth.  They include details on strategic themes and ‘Big Moves’, as well
as investment opportunities, which should be reflected in LDP3’s Spatial
Strategy for the City. 
The aspirations of and any detailed projects and proposals contained
within the Perth Cycle Network Masterplan should be identified in our
LDP3.
Mobility Strategy and Action Plan
The Council’s vision for managing and developing the transport and
network access across the area, as set out in the Mobility Strategy, should
be carried through into our Proposed Plan. Any detailed projects and
proposals contained within the Action Plan should also be reflected in
LDP3’s Spatial Strategy to support their delivery. 
PKC LDP3 Invitation to Create Local Place Plans
As required under Section 15A of the Planning Act, the Council invited local
communities to prepare local place plans (LPPs). To date, there have been
some expressions of interest in preparing an LPP from community bodies
within Perth and Kinross, but there are currently no registered LPPs. Any
LPPs that are registered with the Council by 31 January 2025 will have the
greatest opportunity to be taken into account when preparing our LDP3, as
work on preparation of the Proposed LDP3 is programmed to begin in early
2025. However, all submissions will be taken into account at later stages of
the plan making process.
The Place Principle
Scottish Government and COSLA Place Principle (2019)
Applying the Place Principle in the development of our LDP3 means that
we will need to work collaboratively at all stages with key stakeholders,
including key agencies, our communities, landowners, and developers to
ensure our Spatial Strategy is coordinated, fit for purpose, and deliverable. 
Location of Facilities; Sport and Leisure, Arts and Cultural Activities;
Childcare Provision and Supporting Lifelong Learning; Visiting Health
Services and Clinics, and Social Interaction, and Support and Advice
Services
Perth and Kinross LDP2 Infrastructure Capacity Studies (2017)
Perth and Kinross Council, Map of Public Toilets and Comfort Schemes
Scottish Water, Your Water, Your Life - Find My Nearest Tap
Perth and Kinross Council List of Water Foutain and Refill Taps
PKC Leisure, Sport and Culture Webpage
Live Active Website
Perth City and Towns Website, Visit Scotland Website and Perth and
Kinross Council Culture Strategy (2023-2028)
PKC Schools and Learning Webpages
University of the Highlands and Islands (UHI) Website
Perth and Kinross Employability Network
NHS Inform Scotland’s Service Directory

Page 74

Your Community PK Website
The above data sources provide useful information of the location of
different facilities and services across Perth and Kinross which can be fed
into the LDP3 Settlement Audit and Local Living and 20 Minute
Neighbourhoods work to build an understanding of how well our places
are currently performing in terms the Local Living and 20 Minute
Neighbourhoods concept.
Statements Regarding Public Conveniences and Water Refill
Locations 
Sections 15(2A) and (2B) of The Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act
1997, as amended by the 2019 Act requires planning authorities to provide
statements of the planning authority’s policies and proposals as to the
provision of public conveniences and water refill locations. 
In relation to public conveniences, whilst the provision of public toilets is
not a statutory function, it is recognised that in an area like Perth and
Kinross (PKC), which benefits from a thriving tourist industry, it is
preferrable to have facilities available.  This has been reflected through
historic committee papers and budgetary decisions throughout the years.
Currently, a review of PKC run facilities and provision is being planned.   In
the interim, until that review has been conducted, the Council operates 7
public toilets (a mixture of attended and unattended), a further 1 is
provided for public use through a community development trust, and PKC
also runs a ‘Comfort Scheme’ with facilities available to the public to use at
no cost at 32 partnership venues across the area. 
With regard to water refill locations, Perth and Kinross Council manages
and maintains a long list of water stations across the Plan Area.  The
majority of these points are located within premises operated by the
Council, such as education and community facilities, and access to them is
limited to users and staff associated with these locations.
Whilst the current provision is considered to cater for the needs of users of
public premises, the Council will keep under review the requirement for
the provision of additional water points in locations where an identified
need is demonstrated.
Gaps, Uncertainties or Key Issues Raised: 
Despite some time having elapsed since our Infrastructure Capacity
Studies, Design Charette reports and Ward Profiles were produced, their
content still provides a good source of information on the assets, facilities
and services offered in our places, along with the community’s views of
their local assets, their aspirations, vision for the future of their place, and
areas identified for improvement. Any data or statistics contained within
them which has since been updated will be reviewed as part of the LDP3
Settlement Audit work. The Audit will also consider if progress has been
made against the key issues and actions identified, and how those issues
and actions compare to the feedback gathered through the Big Place
Conversation.
LDP2 Infrastructure Capacity Studies were only carried out for the larger
settlements within Perth and Kinross.  However, our Settlement Audit
work for LDP3 will consider all settlements across the area.

Page 75

SIMD data zones in rural areas tend to cover a large land area and reflect a
more mixed picture of people experiencing different levels of deprivation. 
This means that SIMD is less helpful at identifying the smaller pockets of
deprivation found in more rural areas, compared to the larger pockets
found in urban areas. SIMD domain indicators can still be useful in rural
areas if analysed separately from urban data zones or combined with other
data.  Given the rural nature of much of Perth and Kinross, it will be
important to keep this limitation in mind when considering rural areas as
part of our Local Living and 20 Minute Neighbourhoods analysis work.
It is planned as part of the Settlement Audit work for LDP3 to develop a
Localities Profile template which will set out those factors which officers
need to take account of in developing their understanding of each place
and its needs to satisfy the requirements of the Planning Act, Regulations,
LDP Guidance and NPF4 policies.  This should also help inform work on
Local Living and 20 Minute Neighbourhoods required under NPF4 Policy
15. The template has yet to be developed but will be in place prior to work
beginning on the Proposed Plan.
The data included in the Scottish Living Locally Data Portal utilises sources
produced between 2020 and 2022. While the majority of facilities and
services mapped are likely to still be available, public transport provision
has changed significantly in recent years. The indicators of access to public
transport networks and high frequency services can offer a good
understanding of the connectivity available for local residents but would
benefit from more recent data to enhance the accuracy of assessments.
The Scottish Living Locally Data Portal utilises the same data zones as the
SIMD. While they provide a helpful framework to understand access to
services within urban and semi-urban settlements, the SLLDP offers limited
information for rural areas. The development of 20 Minute Neighbourhood
assessment methodologies will need to take into account these limitations.
Currently, not all of the information regarding the facilities and services on
offer in our communities is currently mapped in GIS.  This will require to be
carried out as part of our LDP3 Settlement Audit work to allow for analysis
in terms of local living and 20 minute neighbourhoods to be undertaken.
With regard to the Council’s list of public toilets, there is the intention to
undertake a future review of the provision of these facilities.  However,
there is no timeframe currently for when such a review will be carried out. 
Summary of Stakeholder Engagement:
The Big Place Conversation (BPC) is the main consultation exercise
undertaken by PKC in support of their LDP process. It took place in 2023
and created opportunities to engage with communities across the local
authority, as well as a variety of minorities and interest groups.
Input received through the consultation has been collated in the BPC
results page. This section includes summaries for individual community
councils and wards, as well as overall reporting with council-wide findings.
The BPC follows the Place Standard methodology, which aligns with the
principles used to shape the Local Living Framework as shown in the
Scottish Government Planning Guidance: Local living and 20 minute
neighbourhoods. The summary of results document for the whole of the
council provides key insights on how local communities perceive the
facilities and services available to them. While it is recommended to
consult the summary documents for each ward or community council for

Page 76

more detail, responses to the BPC questionnaire highlighted some overall
points of consideration:
• Public spaces and key public buildings are often seen to be a
positive contribution to the character of local communities,
supporting interaction. However, some respondents showed
concern about the condition of some of these assets, and the
recent closure of community premises that reduces opportunities
to socialise.
• Natural and green spaces are highly valued by a majority of
respondents.  The presence of quality landscapes and enclaves
enhances the sense of belonging and encourages physical activity.
Some responses consider there are areas without access to these
green spaces, and others point at excessive levels of noise from
nearby traffic as a deterrent for users of those natural spaces.
• Places for play and recreation are widely perceived as accessible to
local communities, with a range of activities and clubs that
encourage people of all ages to engage with their local community.
However, rural areas are seen as underserved in this regard,
creating the need to travel to access those premises. Also, some age
groups appear to have fewer options available.
• Responses regarding the level of facilities and services available
locally offered a range of views. Towns and some villages seem to
enjoy a sufficient level of everyday shopping options, but
respondents highlighted in many areas it is necessary to travel to
larger settlements to address essential needs.
• Primary healthcare and dental services appear to offer limited
access, with most areas commenting on the lack of provision or the
shortage of resources to offer sufficient appointments to local
residents.
• The provision of digital connectivity was mentioned by several areas
as a concern. Broadband and mobile networks fail to offer a
sufficient service, with reliability and speed issues that restrict the
ability of local residents to work remotely.
• Some areas considered primary and secondary education provision
needs reinforced.
• Public transport services were perceived as an important area for
improvement, specially in rural areas. The lack of reliable and
frequent services restricts access to local communities, increasing
the reliance on the private car.
• Towns and villages were seen as unwelcoming for people walking,
wheeling and cycling. The volume and speed of road vehicle traffic
discourages the uptake of active travel for shorter journeys, with a
lack of dedicated infrastructure making it less accessible for the
majority of the public.
• Most areas highlighted the need to commute to work, with limited
options for local employment and a lack of opportunities for
professional jobs. Villages and some neighbourhoods in Perth were
seen to lack variety in the available jobs, with hospitality,
agriculture or retail dominating the offer of specific places. 
In addition to the input received through the BPC exercise, the Council
carried out a consultation of the Topic Papers for individual subject
matters of NPF4’s national planning policies suite. The comments received

Page 77

on Topic Paper 019: Local Living and 20 Minute Neighbourhoods, and how
the Council has taken those responses into account through the
production of this Evidence Report are set out in the ‘Statements of
Agreement/Dispute’ section to follow.

Page 78

Statements of Agreement/ Dispute 
During the stakeholder engagement exercise following the topic paper stage, 17 responses were received for the Local Living and 20 Minute Neighbourhoods
section. 6 responses neither agreed or disagreed with the list of evidence evaluated or the summary of implications for the Proposed Plan provided. 4 agreed,
and 7 disagreed with some of the content of the topic paper. Of these, 2 wished to register their comments as a formal dispute to the Evidence Report. 
A summary of these comments, their status and the Council’s response is shown in the following table.
Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Private individual Disagree, but
does not wish to
register as a
formal dispute
List of Evidence/Datasets and summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): No to 20 minute cities. People do not
want to live in a 20 minute city. No members of the public
ever voted for these smart cities.
Further Comments: No further comments made.
Formal Dispute: No
PKC welcomes the respondent’s
comments and responds that the
20 Minute Neighbourhoods policy
is a national mandate as set in
NPF4. Local authorities are
expected to develop policies that
enable sustainable land uses and
deliver liveable places.
These national objectives are
drawn under the spatial principle
that the Plan will support local
liveability and improve community
health and wellbeing by ensuring
people can easily access services,
greenspace, learning, work and
leisure locally.
Local living and 20 minute
neighbourhoods are one of the
measures that the Scottish
Government is promoting to meet
the terms of a range of national
commitments. These include,
amongst others, the climate
Change Plan, the Just Transition

Page 79

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Plans and the National Transport
Strategy.
As a policy informing local
development, local living concepts
aim to limit the use of additional
land for development. This
contributes to the protection of
the greenbelt, and the creation of
local communities that feel
connected, resilient and accessible
to all. One of the immediate
impacts that successful local
neighbourhoods bring is a
reduction in the reliance of the
private car. This is not only a
desirable outcome from an
environmental point of view, but
one that delivers more equitable
and affordable communities for all
users.
Errol Community
Council
Dispute List of Evidence/Datasets and summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): Notwithstanding the fact that the Local
Action Plans mentioned at paragraph 1.54 require to be
updated, we do not consider that it is appropriate for Errol
Community Council area and the Carse of Gowrie as a whole
to be part of Eastern Perthshire and consider that we would
be better aligned with Bridge of Earn. We do not consider
that the evidence is up to date or particularly relevant.
Further Comments: We are working and intent to submit an
Local Place Plan for Consideration.
PKC welcomes the feedback, and
comments that the areas shown in
the Local Action Plans follow a
grouping aiming to reduce the
number of areas, enhancing the
effectiveness of the document.
However, this grouping will not
influence the development of local
living and 20 minute
neighbourhoods policy.
While LAPs also aim to support
local communities with identified

Page 80

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Formal Dispute: Yes, the respondent wishes for their
comments to be registered as a formal dispute to the
Evidence Report.
issues, they tackle concepts in an
area-wide manner. In contrast,
local living and 20 minute
neighbourhoods work to identify
how land use can be optimised to
enable development and services
that benefit a local without the
need to travel. These solutions are
more focused in a specific
settlement or site. As a
consequence, the previous
geographic division of the territory
of PKC will not shape the definition
of localised improvements.
The rationale behind the concept is
to shape communities that reduce
the distance between residents
and the services and facilities they
need. While it is understood that
villages and rural areas often lack
those services within the same
settlement, the delivery of local
living solutions for rural
communities will still aim to create
networks that support residents
and reduce the need to travel as
much as possible.
Nature Scot Neither List of Evidence/Datasets and summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): It is useful to see the key policy
connections on page 7. We welcome the inclusion of blue-
green infrastructure and open spaces in this topic paper.
Further Comments:  No further comments made.
PKC welcomes the comments and
agrees on the importance of
considering blue and green
infrastructure when designing local
living policies.

Page 81

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Formal Dispute: No
Tactran Neither List of Evidence/Datasets and summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): Tactran refers to its comment in relation
to sustainable travel and quality of places above and further
notes that it is important to establish the risks to the viability
of communities, such as risk of transport poverty. Tactran
notes that the successful implementation of the local living /
20-minute neighbourhood concept depends on the provision
of local facilities and services.
Further Comments: No further comments made. 
Formal Dispute: No
PKC welcomes Tactran’s comments
and agrees on the need to
encourage the presence of local
facilities and services to create
successful local places.
Perth and Kinross
Council – Transport
Planning
Neither List of Evidence/Datasets and summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): The Mobility Strategy also acknowledges
that a rural counterpart to the 20-minute neighbourhood is
required. Our community engagement and consultations
highlighted that rural isolation is a significant risk and that
many residents, even if they are able to access goods and
services locally, are at risk of social isolation that impacts on
their health and wellbeing. We thus welcome a LDP response
that supports rural communities to identify what the 20-
minute neighbourhood equivalent would look like to be able
to support their needs. Strategic Actions 75 and 111 of the
Mobility Strategy have reference: 
 Action 111: Deliver connected neighbourhoods within
towns and cities to better achieve connected and
more accessible communities following the 20-minute
neighbourhood concept, so that as many people as
possible can meet the majority of their daily needs
within a reasonable walk, wheel or cycle of their
home.
 Action 159: Develop a rural approach/equivalent to
the 20-minute neighbourhood concept in and around
PKC welcomes the comments
received from the transport
planning team and agrees on the
need to consider interventions
tailored to rural areas. NPF4
outlines the expectation for LDPs
to support 20 minute
neighbourhoods within
settlements, taking into account
the local context. Local living
interventions in rural areas will
need to acknowledge the
challenges of each place, and
enable solutions that promote
robust communities. 
The planning policy team will
engage with the transport planning
team during the process to shape a
suitable policy for rural areas.

Page 82

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
villages and towns to enhance local accessibility, help
tackle societal causes of inequality, and reduce social
isolation and loneliness.
Further Comments: No further comments made. 
Formal Dispute: No
Homes for Scotland Agree List of Evidence/Datasets and summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP):
.
Further Comments: No further comments made. 
Formal Dispute: Not applicable. 
Homes for Scotland Disagree, but
does not wish to
register as a
formal dispute
List of Evidence/Datasets and summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): The socio-economic benefits of home
building cannot be understated. Our members contribute
millions of pounds annually to infrastructure investment
across the district and their role as a principal funder of
future investments must be fully recognised, as should their
role in the journey towards net zero through the delivery of
increasingly energy efficient homes as well as local living
neighbourhoods. 
It is positive to see the Topic Paper recognises Scotland’s
diversity, and that flexibility will be required in terms of
applying the concept to different geographies and that 20
minute neighbourhoods may not always be achievable in
remote rural areas. The 20 minute neighbourhood principle
must be capable of being applied flexibly taking into account
local context and with discretionary decision-making powers
depending on wider social, economic and environmental
benefits. 
PKC welcomes Homes for
Scotland’s feedback and agrees on
the important role that
housebuilders play in the delivery
of infrastructure and the creation
of communities and
neighbourhoods. The next stages
of the plan process will include
consistent collaboration with key
stakeholders as described. 
With regards to local living outside
of urban spaces, PKC would like to
refer to the response to PKC’s
transport planning team regarding
the need to develop suitable local
living solutions in rural areas.
We agree the 20 minute
neighbourhood concept might not
be achievable in some rural areas.

Page 83

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
It is discussed in the Topic Paper how 20 minute
neighbourhoods are one of the ways in which local living can
be delivered within appropriate locations in Perth and
Kinross. It should be noted that larger-scale housing
developments, by way of the integration of mixed uses, may
be able to create new 20 minute neighbourhoods which
would be compliant with National Planning Framework (NPF)
4 aspirations. 
The Topic Paper considers the implementation of the Local
Living and 20 Minute Neighbourhoods approach and how it
will be adjusted in the more rural areas of the region.
However, to do this sustainably requires improvements
across a number of fronts – from home/hybrid working
facilities, to the quality and frequency of public transport, to
safe cycling and walking connections between villages where
distances are close enough. HFS members can assist with this
through their developments. The housing layout may
enhance connectivity by incorporating active travel links and
provide passive surveillance. Furthermore, new homes are
also generally fibre enabled ensuring that the homeowner
has the ability to work from home reducing the need to
travel. 
Further Comments: It is not specified in the draft Topic Paper
whether the Council will provide a proportion of their Local
Housing Land Requirement (LHLR) in town centres. Whilst
Homes for Scotland (HFS) does not disagree with the notion
of allocating sites for residential development within town
centres, this should not be at the expense of placemaking
principles, nor viability factors. A balanced approach is
In that regard, we refer to Policy
15 within NPF4. This policy
promotes the use of local living
arrangements, with the use of 20
minute neighbourhood where
relevant. It is expected for LDPs to
assess the local context and
provide an environment conducive
of successful local living for
communities.
With regards to the role of housing
developers in the delivery of
infrastructure and services, we
agree on the potential for
collaboration to achieve
developments that facilitate
connectivity and support modern
living arrangements. 
The LDP will give consideration to a
variety of settings to accommodate
development. Town centre
housing is a desirable development
to revitalise our urban spaces.
While there is an opportunity to
collaborate with developers in
achieving viable solutions, the
allocation of sites and the
assessment of these opportunities
will take place in the next stages of
the plan. Consequently, it is
unclear at Evidence Report stage

Page 84

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
required. If the Local Development Plan (LDP) is to identify a
proportion of the LHLR in town centres, then any site needs
to be available and deliverable and if policy interventions are
required (such as a compulsory purchase order) then these
should be set out at the outset. 
It is positive to see the Topic Paper refer to deliverability in
terms of the spatial strategy and that the Council plan to
work collaboratively at all stages with key stakeholders,
including key agencies, communities, landowners, and
developers to ensure this. 
Formal Dispute: No, the respondent does not wish to register
their comments as a formal dispute to the Evidence Report. 
whether specific locations will be
brought forward.
Montagu Evans on
behalf of Loch
Developments Ltd
Agree List of Evidence/Datasets and summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): The allocation and the subsequent
development of the former BCA site in Kinross will contribute
to the enhancement of the 20 minute neighbourhood by
providing new homes, new retail uses and better connectivity
with the wider community to Loch Leven, and the existing
settlement through vehicular and active travel routes.
Further Comments: No further comments made. 
Formal Dispute: Not applicable.
PKC welcomes the respondent’s
feedback and agrees on the
potential for brownfield sites to
accommodate future
development. It would be however
imprudent to discuss the suitability
of a site prior to carrying out a
formal assessment. 
With regards to the consideration
of specific sites, we refer to the
Call for Ideas and Sites stage of the
plan, which is due to start during
Q2 2025.
Scottish Water Agree List of Evidence/Datasets and summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): No comments made.
Further Comments: The Scottish Water acknowledges the
contents of Topic Paper No. 019: Local Living and 20 Minute
Neighbourhoods and is supportive of high level principles set
out. At this stage, Scottish Water has no further comments to
PKC welcomes Scottish Water’s
comments and agrees on the need
for future collaboration to plan
development and communities.

Page 85

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
make and will continue to work closely with Perth and
Kinross Council to support Local Living and place based
design principles in future planning of communities.
Formal Dispute: Not applicable.
Avison Young on
behalf of Aldi
Stores Ltd.
Disagree, but
does not wish to
register as
formal dispute
List of Evidence/Datasets and summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): The report that has been produced
appears to be a plan of how to prepare an evidence report
rather than an evidence report itself. For example, paragraph
1.82 refers to the production of LDP3 Settlement Audits in
future. We consider that the evidence report should have
included those documents already so that there would be an
opportunity to comment on them. We note that paragraph
79 of the Local Development Planning guidance states "it
should provide a summary of what the evidence means for
the plan." This appears to be missing from the document and
we therefore consider the evidence report to be lacking in
sufficient detail to enable a response on its adequacy.
Further Comments: No further comments made. 
Formal Dispute: No, respondent does not wish to register
comments as a formal dispute to the Evidence Report. 
PKC welcomes the respondent’s
feedback and would like to clarify
that Settlement Audits were
always scheduled to take place
after Evidence Report gatecheck
review.
With regards to the stakeholder
engagement exercise, topic papers
were made available as a summary
of data sources that PKC
considered could inform the
content of the Evidence Report.
The aim was to consult on the
adequacy of those sources, and for
stakeholders to suggest additional
sources that they deem relevant.
The implications for the plan are
introduced in this Evidence Report
chapter.
A.S Associates Ltd
Planning and
Architectural
Services
Disagree, but
does not wish to
register as a
formal dispute
List of Evidence/Datasets and summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): 
Section: Gaps, Uncertainties, and Key Issues Raised, 
Paragraph 1.81
Appendix A Table A1
Reference is made to 'Settlement Audit' work and 'Site
Appraisal' templates in relation to considering 'Local Living
and 20 Minute Neighbourhoods' analysis.  It is not clear what
PKC welcomes the respondent’s
comment and wishes to respond in
two parts.
Firstly, in line with the Scottish
Government’s LDP Guidance (May
2023) paragraph 108, PKC have not
considered any detailed policies or
site proposals at the Evidence
Report stage.  There will be a ‘Call

Page 86

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
datasets will provide evidence for this audit and appraisal
work.  
The audit/appraisal of settlements should include reference
to the planning history of land around settlements, including
small-scale proposals that have implications for alteration to
settlement boundaries.  
We suggest that an essential dataset is the mapped register
of planning applications and its associated case file
information.   In addition, historic information relating to
submissions from landowners/agents for land to be
considered for allocation in the Local Development Plan
should also provide essential evidence.  
As an example, we highlight our client's history of
applications at Sunnybrae, Windsole, Auchterarder, including
most recently the refusal of application 21/01744/IPL   The
Report of Handling for that application states 'If the applicant
does wish to pursue development on this site, the most
appropriate means to do so would be seek for an alteration
of the settlement boundary through review of the Local
Development Plan.'   We subsequently submitted a request
to the Development Plan Team for our client's site to be
considered in the preparation of LDP3.
Further Comments: No further comments made. 
Formal Dispute: No
for Sites’ or similar exercise
following on from the publication
of the Evidence Report for our
LDP3.  The Council will carry this
representation forward for
consideration at a later date as
part of the consideration of
proposals and potential review of
settlement boundaries exercises.  
Secondly, the Site Appraisal
template that we propose to use
as part of this exercise is included
in an annex to this Evidence Report
and is the agreed ‘Local
Development Plan: Site
Assessment and SEA Checklist’
template developed by the
Consultation Authorities and dated
6th February 2024.  The Settlement
Audit template is noted as an
existing evidence gap in this
Evidence Report as we have not
had the capacity to develop it to
date.  In developing our template
we will draw on all place-based
evidence sources we have, and
which have been identified in this
Evidence Report in order to meet
the requirements and expectations
of the national suite of planning
policies included in NPF4.

Page 87

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Gray Planning &
Development Ltd
on behalf of GS
Brown
Construction Ltd
Disagree, but
does not wish to
register as a
formal dispute
List of Evidence/Datasets and summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): It is noted that to date no formal Local
Place Plans (LPPs) have been registered by PKC (topic paper
para 1.57).  How are developers and landowners expecting to
produce new neighbourhood proposals without the LPPs
where it is likely that the intent of LPPs (through legislation
and guidance) feeds into site identification and assessment
for new LDPs?
Further Comments: No further comments made. 
Formal Dispute: No
PKC welcomes the respondent’s
feedback, and would like to clarify
the non-statutory nature of LPPs. 
Paragraph 5 and Annex B of the
Local Development Planning
guidance clarify the role of LPPs in
the LDP process, and the roles that
communities and local authorities
can play in their development. 
Annex B, paragraph 3 outlines the
expectation for local authorities to
invite communities to prepare
LPPs. PKC has met these
requirements and actively engaged
with community groups, as
summarised in the topic paper. At
the time of writing this Evidence
Report chapter, no LPPs had yet
been submitted. 
The guidance also clarifies that,
while LPPs can maximise their
impact if they are submitted prior
to the Evidence Report stage, they
will be taken into account in the
preparation of the LDP whenever
they are registered (Annex B,
paragraph 9).
The role of local authorities in the
LPP process is to invite and assist
where necessary. However, the
creation of the LPP itself, including

Page 88

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
mapping, proposals and key local
concerns, lies with the community
group. It is therefore possible for
the Evidence Report to be built
without the content of LPPs being
made available. Likewise, while
LPPs could inform site assessment
stages, they are not the only
consideration. For areas where no
valid LPP is submitted, PKC will
carry out the assessment of
proposed sites through the agreed
methodology.
Private individual Dispute List of Evidence/Datasets and summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): The 20 minute travel fails to address
community, social and family friends and family activity, and
mental well being in regularly connecting with these activities
Further Comments: No further comments made.
Formal Dispute: The respondent wishes to register their
comments as a formal dispute to the Evidence Report on the
grounds that 20 minute travel fails to address community,
social and family friends and family activity, and the mental
well being in regularly connecting with these activities. 
PKC welcomes the comments, and
agrees on the importance of social
connections. However, it disagrees
on the absence of social
connection within 20 minute
neighbourhood and local living
concepts.
Policy 15 of NPF4 introduces the
support to the delivery of local
living arrangements and 20 minute
neighbourhoods where relevant.
While the majority of this policy
refers to the delivery of
infrastructure, facilities and
services, these needs are
underpinned by the value of
human connection and interaction
with the local community. The
infrastructure needs outlined in

Page 89

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
policy 15 point at the importance
of social contact, referring to
informal play opportunities, open
spaces and community facilities.
The concept is further developed
in the report Understanding the 20
Minute Neighbourhood: Making
opportunities for people to live
well locally (AlWaer and Cooper,
2024). The document highlights
one of the aims of 20 minute
neighbourhoods is ‘creating an
improved sense of community,
where people can get to know one
another and work together to
improve their neighbourhood’. The
use of local living principles and
more walkable environments are
considered conducive of better
social interactions, with stronger
communities and higher levels of
participation and trust.
The ethos of local living initiatives
is to deliver more attractive places
where every aspect of the built
environment that can provide
comfort, convenience and foster
connections with others is
acknowledged and supported.
Kinross-shire Civic
Trust
Neither List of Evidence/Datasets and summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): No comments made. 
PKC welcomes the respondent’s
feedback, and comments that the
development of local living and 20

Page 90

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Further Comments: The graphs in Topic Paper 028: Rural
Development and Homes show significant commuting from
Kinross to Perth, Fife and Edinburgh. Topic Paper 004: The
Climate and Nature Crises (p. 12) quotes the six principles of
NPF4 that should form the basis of an LDP spatial strategy.
Number 3 is Local living - "We will support local liveabiity and
improve community health and wellbeing by ensuring people
can easily access services, greenspace, learning, work and
leisure locally."
There is very little work locally in Kinross/Milnathort. In
terms of services, it is takes a long time to obtain a doctor's
appointment and there are no NHS dentists in the county of
Kinross-shire. 
Formal Dispute: No
minute neighbourhood policies will
aim to identify existing
shortcomings in infrastructure and
opportunities. This type of
feedback is valuable to understand
local concerns.
Earn Community
Council
Agree List of Evidence/Datasets and summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): No comments made. 
Further Comments: The definition of “20-minute
neighbourhoods” seems to relate to Perth and large
settlements, and mentions walking, wheeling and cycling.
Round trip is mentioned elsewhere P. 5. Again, nothing in
relation to the elderly. Public transport is mentioned in
relation to other areas where “Local Living” approach is the
alternative, with sustainable transport options. We need to
emphasise the need for better rural transport link ups, and
the encouragement of community involvement, eg. Glenfarg
Bus initiative.  
No Ward Profile available. Link in Topic 019 1.58 P. 23 not
working.
Much needed Large P&R for Bridge of Earn given the great
success of Ember Bus Service Dundee - Edinburgh.
LPP's Pg 22 1.56/1.57 - More information on LPP's required
to be shared with community bodies.
PKC welcomes the comments, and
agrees on the importance of
providing local living solutions that
include all age ranges. The concept
of 20 minute neighbourhoods, or
the local living arrangement as
applicable, presents a framework
for decision making that prioritises
the creation of settlements that
reduce the reliance on the private
car. Amongst other benefits, this
aims to deliver places accessible to
all, including young people and the
elderly. The report Understanding
the 20 Minute Neighbourhood:
Making opportunities for people to
live well locally (AlWaer and
Cooper, 2024) highlights that more

Page 91

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Formal Dispute: Not applicable. walkable environments enable
independent mobility and support
a more active lifestyle for older
people. 
The delivery of local living
interventions will be sympathetic
with the characteristics of
individual communities. While the
concept highlights the value of
walking and cycling as a way to
reinforce social contact, public
transport solutions also play a vital
role in the creation  
Savills on behalf of
Dupplin Estate
Neither List of Evidence/Datasets and summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): We note that the Topic Paper cites the
Government's guidance and the fact that 20 minute
neighbourhoods must recognise the character of place and
be flexible to different geographies. This is absolutely critical.
A rigid adherence to the 20 minute neighbourhood concept
can be counter-productive and frustrate otherwise
appropriate development proposals.  NPF4 is designed to be
"read and applied as a whole" and "Factors for and against
development will be weighed up in the balance of planning
judgement" (Chief Planners Letter 8 February 2023:
Transitional Arrangements for National Planning Framework
4).
The importance of infrastructure at the outset of larger
developments cannot be overstated. Perth West is designed
around the Placemaking Principles of the 20 minute
neighbourhood but this is reliant on the co-development of
employment land and an integrated public transport system.
PKC welcomes the respondent’s
comments, and agrees on the
importance for local living
interventions to adapt to the
characteristics of a location. The
assessment of development
proposals will be cognisant of the
environment, and identify the
existing provision of facilities and
services to understand how any
new development is likely to
impact the local area. Where
possible, masterplans and
development layouts will be used
to create mixed use, well-
connected environments. 
PKC would like to clarify that local
living solutions are not solely to be

Page 92

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Further Comments: No further comments made.
Formal Dispute: No
delivered as 20 minute
neighbourhoods. It is understood
that some areas do not have the
population density or the facilities
to support the standard of
connectivity associated with 20
minute neighbourhoods. Future
stages of the development plan
process will include a methodology
that supports suitable options for
these areas.
Savills on behalf of
Scone Estate
Neither List of Evidence/Datasets and summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): We also note the Draft Mobility Strategy
looks to improve access to rural areas. 
We consider there should be focus on improving settlement
and rural area 20 minute potential using development to
facilitate this. Areas should not be written off because they
may not have particular services at the time of LDP site
allocation/adoption.
There is reference within the Topic Paper to the fact that
work on identifying 20-minute neighbourhoods has not yet
commenced. Our view is that it must be remembered that
PKC is predominantly rural and that work should be done to
increase resilience of settlements via innovative means to
deliver critical Local Living focused services. They should
avoid a slavish adherence to 20-minute neighbourhoods and
blanket restrictions on development being based on current
services only. The sustainability of rural areas is dependant
on population growth. People will be needed to live on the
land managing it for sustainable outcomes. Lack of local
housing in rural areas is driven by restrictive planning policies
and weak markets with limited housebuilder activity.
PKC welcomes the feedback, and
comments that 20 minute
neighbourhood and local living
concepts are understood as a
framework for placemaking and
development. The assessment of
NPF4 policies will take place using
a balanced approach, where local
living aspirations are combined
with other objectives. 
While the methodology for the
development of local living policies
is still to be confirmed, it is
reasonable to expect that
proposed developments that
deliver improvements to the local
provision of facilities and services
will be well received.

Page 93

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Planning policies should seek to be generous in their support
of housing in rural areas. The market and availability of
housebuilders form their own deterrent to any proliferation
of rural housing.
Further Comments: No further comments made. 
Formal Dispute: No

Page 94

No embedded text on this page.

Page 95

Issue: Blue and Green Infrastructure
Corresponding NPF4 Policy/Policies:
NPF4 Policy 20 – Blue and Green Infrastructure
Policy Connections: 
o 1: Tackling the climate and nature crises
o 2: Climate mitigation and enhancement
o 3: Biodiversity
o 4: Natural places
o 5: Soils
o 6: Forestry, Woodland and Trees
o 7: Historic assets and places
o 8: Green belts
o 13: Sustainable Transport
o 14: Design, Quality and Place
o 15: Local Living and 20 Minute Neighbourhoods
o 16: Quality homes
o 18: Infrastructure first
o 19: Heating and cooling
o 21: Play, Recreation and Sport
o 22: Flood Risk and Water Management
o 23: Health and safety
o 27: City, town, local and commercial centres
o 29: Rural development
Corresponding Perth and Kinross LDP3 Topic Paper:
Topic Paper 021: Blue and Green Infrastructure 
Information required by the Act and NPF4 regarding the topic:
Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997
In line with the requirements of the Act, this paper will have regard to:
Section 15(5) of The Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997, as
amended, which requires Local Authorities to consider: 
• The principal physical, social and environmental characteristics of
the district
• And the principal purposes for which the land is used.
Open Space Audit and Strategy
Regulation 9 of The Town and Country Planning (Development Planning)
(Scotland) Regulations 2023 requires planning authorities to have regard to
any Open Space Strategy (OSS) published under Section 3G (3) of the 1997
Act. The OSS is to set out a strategic framework of the planning authority’s
policies and proposals as to the development, maintenance and use of
green infrastructure in their district, including open space and green
networks. Section 3G of the Act requires an audit of existing open space
provision and an assessment of current and future requirements along
with any other matter the planning authority considers appropriate.
NPF4
Policy 20 of National Planning Framework 4 (NPF4) expects LDPs to:
• be informed by relevant, up-to date audits and/or strategies,
covering the multiple functions and benefits of blue and green
infrastructure
• identify and protect blue and green infrastructure assets and
networks

Page 96

• enhance and expand existing provision including new blue
and/or green infrastructure. This may include retrofitting.
• identify priorities for connectivity to other blue and/or green
infrastructure assets, including to address cross-boundary
needs and opportunities, should also be identified.
• encourage the permanent or temporary use of unused or
under-used land as green infrastructure. Where this is
temporary, this should not prevent future development
potential from being realised.
• safeguard access rights and core paths, including active travel
routes, and encourage new and enhanced opportunities for
access linked to wider networks.
Local Development Plan Guidance
Scottish Government (2023) Local Development Planning Guidance (p.134)
specifically states:
“NPF4 policy 20 recognises blue and green infrastructure as an integral
part of early design and development processes. The policy also
encourages the design of multifunctional BGIs to deliver benefits including
climate mitigation, nature restoration, biodiversity enhancement, flood
prevention and water management; as well as providing opportunities for
play, recreation and sport where they are accessible. The design should be
consistent with the six qualities of successful places.
The spatial strategy should identify opportunities for new, enhanced or
improved provision of blue and green infrastructure, or improved access to
green and blue spaces, taking account of the areas that can best contribute
to enhancing and delivering key green networks and priorities.
Plans may identify land that could be used for localised, temporary
greening and/or community food production, including community
growing spaces, especially in urban areas.”

Page 97

Links to Evidence:
General
• Scotland’s Environment Web
• SEPA – Environmental Data 
• NatureScot – Open Data Hub
• Scottish Wildlife Trust – Open Data Hub
• Improvement Service – Spatial Hub
• Scottish Government – Spatial Data Portal
• PKC – Open Data
• PKC – LDP2 Webmap
• Scotland 2022 Landcover Map
• Scotland’s Wetland Inventory
• Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation
Audits, Policy and Strategy
• PKC (DRAFT) – Open Space Quality Audit
• PKC – Green and Blue Infrastructure Supplementary Guidance
• PKC – Open Space Provision for New Developments Supplementary
Guidance
• PKC – Forest and Woodland Strategy 
• PKC – Food Growing Strategy
• PKC – Climate Change Projections Map
• PKC – Perth Integrated Catchment Study
• Scottish Government – Surface Water Management Planning
Guidance (2018)
• Scottish Government – Water-Resilient Places
• PKC – Mobility Strategy and Action Plan
• PKC – Active Travel Strategy
Woodland
• Ancient Woodland Inventory
• Ancient Tree Inventory
• National Forest Inventory
• Native Woodland Survey of Scotland
• Riparian Woodland Scotland
Designated and Protected Sites
• Cairngorms National Park
• Loch Lomond and the Trossachs National Park
• National Nature Reserves
• National Scenic Areas
• RAMSAR Sites
• Special Areas of Conservation
• Special Protection Areas
• Sites of Special Scientific Interests
• Scottish Wildlife Trust Reserves
• Gardens and Designed Landscapes
• PKC – Tree Preservation Orders
• PKC – Air Quality Management Areas
Existing Greenspace Areas
• PKC – Maintained Open Space
• PKC – Major Parks
• PKC – Parks Countryside Sites

Page 98

• PKC – LDP2 Designated Open Space
• OS – MasterMap Greenspace 
Water Environment
• OS – MasterMap Water Network
• SEPA – Recommended Riparian Buffer
• SEPA – Riparian Vegetation Planting Opportunities
• SEPA – Obstacles to Fish Migration
• SEPA – Water Environment Hub
• SEPA – Water Classification Hub
• PKC (Internal Shapefile) – Sustainable Urban Drainage Systems
Flooding and Geomorphic Risk
• SEPA – Surface Water Flood Risk
• SEPA – River Flood Risk
• SEPA – Coastal Flood Risk
• SEPA – Geomorphic Flood Risk
• SEPA – Natural Flood Management Maps
• PKC – Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (add core document
reference)
• PKC – Surface Water Management Plans
o Milnathort SWMP (add core document reference)
o Blairgowrie & Rattray (ongoing)
o Perth (ongoing)
o South Kinross, Aberfeldy, Comrie and Scone (programmed
completion within next 24 months)
• PKC – Natural Flood Management Studies
o Aberfeldy (add core document reference)
o Blackford (add core document reference)
o Alyth (add core document reference)
o Invergowrie FPS and Flood Study Report (add core
document reference)
o Comrie NFM within the Flood Protection scheme feasibility
report (add core document reference)
o South Kinross (add core document reference) 
Active Travel Network
• PKC – Adopted Core Paths
• PKC – Signposted Paths 
• PKC – Rights of Way
• PKC (Internal Shapefile) – Future Potential Routes (for footpaths)
• Sustrans – National Cycle Routes
• Sustrans – National Cycle Network Link
• Sustrans – Regional cycle Routes
• Sustrans (Internal Shapefile) – Green Routes
• Ramblers – Path Network Scotland
• Tactran – Regional Active Travel Network
• PKC – Perth Cycle Network Masterplan
• Neighbouring Authorities Datasets:
o Core Paths – Scotland
• Specific Routes:
o Cateran Trail
o Loch Leven Heritage Trail
o Crieff to Comrie (Pilgrim’s Way)

Page 99

o Crook of Devon to Kinross via Balado
Opportunities for Intervention
• PKC – LDP2 Proposals
• PKC – Maintained Open Space
• PKC – Grow Wild Sites
• PKC (Internal Shapefile) – Disused Railway Lines
• PKC (Internal Map) – Urban Capacity and Brownfield Study
• Vacant and Derelict Land Survey 2022
• SEPA – Water Environment Fund Current and Potential Projects
• PKC – Nature Restoration Fund Projects
• Perth and Kinross Community Groups and Projects Map
• Perth and Kinross Environmental Youth Groups and Projects Map
• PKC – Big Place Conversation Results
• Local Place Plans

Page 100

Summary of Evidence:
The evidence noted above provides context and background to identify
existing blue and green infrastructure (BGI) of value, which should be
protected from development. It also highlights opportunities for enhancing
and delivering new infrastructure. The open space audit will establish a
baseline for public open spaces and accessibility to them within
settlements. Combined with additional ecological data on local biodiversity
and habitats, this will form the basis of BGI mapping. Further natural flood
management studies and river management plans provide a foundation for
BGI interventions that benefit both communities and nature. Vacant land
and urban capacity studies could offer opportunities for temporary uses,
including community food growing. Active travel data on existing and
potential routes, along with community engagement feedback, 20-minute
neighbourhood analysis, and PKC’s Mobility Strategy, will underpin the
development of active travel networks. When integrated with BGI
opportunities, this will identify green networks. 
Up to Date Audits and Strategies
PKC Green & Blue Infrastructure Supplementary Guidance. This guidance
supports the delivery of LDP Policy 42: Green Infrastructure by setting out
the Council's vision and spatial strategy for blue-green infrastructure. The
vision outlined in the document is for: 
"Green infrastructure across Perth and Kinross will be high quality and
multifunctional, allowing the free and easy movement of people and
wildlife. It will deliver a wide range of ecosystem services, contributing to
climate change adaptation and mitigation and wellbeing."  
The Strategy is informed by a BGI Audit conducted in 2019 which used an
Integrated Green Infrastructure Approach to develop opportunity mapping
and identify:
• The extent and composition of the existing green and blue network,
and
• Those areas which provide potential opportunities for protecting,
enhancing and connecting the network to promote habitats, access
and health, landscape and water management. 
The Opportunity Map includes:
• Strategic habitat and biodiversity opportunities such as protected sites,
habitat corridors and woodland areas, using integrated habitat models;
• Active travel opportunities focused on access to and through
greenspace including parks, open spaces and path networks (e.g. long
distance, core and signposted paths); 
• Water environment opportunities including water quality, flood plains
and riparian corridors
• Cultural heritage and landscape assets (gardens and designed
landscapes)
• Council owned and/or maintained assets, growth opportunities and
development sites identified in Local Development Plan 2
Due to changes to licencing agreements for the datasets which the
Opportunity Map is derived, this is currently only available for internal use.
However, the outputs of the audit and mapping are summarised in the
supplementary guidance for LDP2 Tiered Settlements and Strategic

Page 101

Development Areas (see section 6.4 of the SG). The table below shows
which settlements and areas are included: 
Appendix 1 in the supplementary guidance provides further detail on the
methodology and datasets included in the audit. The audit and mapping
are currently being updated and will be made publicly available in early
2025. This will inform the preparation of the Open Space Strategy and
Settlement Audits for LDP3. It will be made available to communities
ahead of engagement planned for the Open Space Strategy development.
A Blue-Green Infrastructure Audit Datasets spreadsheet has been
submitted with the Evidence Report core documents, referencing the
datasets considered in the BGI Audit update for LDP3.
Draft Open Space Audit and Strategy. An Open Space Strategy (OSS) is
currently being prepared in fulfilment of duties set out in The Planning
(Scotland) Act 2019. To inform the preparation of the strategy, an Open
Space Audit has been undertaken by the planning department and the
results are currently being reviewed by the Council's Community
Greenspace team.
The Open Space Audit includes an assessment of the quantity, quality, and
accessibility of publicly accessible open spaces in the planning authority
area. Statements will be provided on a settlement level to identify areas of
insufficient provision and/or accessibility of good quality open spaces for
the Spatial Strategy. Furthermore, the audit will be used to review LDP2
Open Space Designations, which are the main mechanism for safeguarding
open spaces from development. 
The Open Space Audit has included:
• Aggregation of existing greenspace spatial datasets including: LDP2
Designated Open Space, Maintained Open Space, Countryside Sites,
and OS Greenspaces
• Site visits and quality surveying
• Desk-based analysis
A quality survey has been conducted for the audit, with site visits carried
out for over 500 publicly accessible open spaces within or adjacent to
settlements, including all LDP2 designated open spaces. The quality survey
includes an assessment of the following criteria for each site:
• Typology
• Functions
• Accessibility
• Place Quality
• Care and Maintenance
• Biodiversity and Habitat Cover

Page 102

• Community Use
To date, the audit has identified 1,360ha of open space within or adjacent
to settlements, of which 704ha are considered publicly accessible and have
been surveyed. 
This data was benchmarked against PKC’s two open space quantity
standards outlined in the Open Space Provision for New Developments
Supplementary Guidance (2021). Overall, Perth and Kinross exceeds both
standards, as shown below:
Quantity Standard 1: 80m² of open space per dwelling. With 70,120
residential properties, the provision equates to 100m² per dwelling.
Quantity Standard 2: 3.5ha of open space per 1,000 people. Based on an
estimated population of 150,800, the provision is 4.67ha per 1,000 people.
As the Open Space Audit is still ongoing, only quantity figures have been
provided at this time. This audit is expected to be completed in early 2025,
after which quality and accessibility statements will be provided.
The Open Space Audit and previously reference BGI Audit will form an
evidence-base for developing the OSS. The strategy will support the
delivery of NPF4 Policies 20 and 21, through the safeguarding,
enhancement and improved connectivity of open spaces. This will be
prepared in partnership with communities and key stakeholders in 2025,
alongside preparation of the Proposed Plan.
The Forest and Woodland Strategy (2020) provides information about
where and how new woodland and forestry should come forward. This
informs the identification of areas appropriate for new green
infrastructure particularly outside settlements. The strategy will be
updated for LDP3. See Topic Paper 006 for further details.
Perth and Kinross Climate Change Risks and Opportunities Assessment
(2023) provides information on projected changes to key climate variables
across Perth and Kinross, including seasonal variations in temperature,
precipitation, wind, snowfall, sea level rise and storm surge. Spatial data
has been provided for these variables and will be used to identify future
requirements and inform the OSS. 
Identify and Protect Existing Blue and Green Infrastructure
Perth and Kinross is home to a wealth of natural rivers, lochs, and
woodland habitats, along with peatland and grassland. Perth, along with
our towns and villages, benefit from a range of multifunctional
greenspaces and natural corridors. The diagram below shows the output
from recent Place Standard engagement (The Big Place Conversation),
showing that communities perceive their access to good quality natural
spaces as one of the best aspects of living in Perth and Kinross, highlighting
the need to protect existing green and blue spaces.

Page 103

Natural spaces provide significant ecosystem services that deliver a
significant range of benefits for both communities and nature, including
those shown in the diagram below. 
NatureScot: Ecosystem Services – Nature’s Benefits
We will use the sources referred to in this section to identify existing blue
and green infrastructure and use that knowledge to inform how and where
development will come forward.
The OS MasterMap Greenspace Layer provides vital geospatial data to
support planning, management and research. OS MasterMap Greenspace
Layer covers all settlements with a population over 500 people and
includes a 500-metre buffer around the settlement. It uses the greenspace
typology as set out in Planning Advice Note 65, to categorise all urban
greenspaces into 22 different types and provides up to two form and two
functional types for each greenspace polygon. This was used to support
Green Infrastructure mapping that was used to develop Perth & Kinross
(2020) Green infrastructure Supplementary Guidance. This will inform the

Page 104

Open Space Strategy which will inform sufficiency of improvements to and
linkages of open spaces.
Forest and Woodland Strategy (2020). The Forest and Woodland Strategy
includes existing woodland and where new woodland is preferred. The
strategy will be developed alongside identification of green infrastructure
to ensure that development protects and supports important trees and
woodland.
Other Existing Green Infrastructure. Topic Paper 005 and 006 with regards
biodiversity and trees and woodland set out sources for mapping existing
green infrastructure in more detail, particularly outside settlements. These
will help identify existing green infrastructure which is protected by Policy
20:
• Native Woodland Survey of Scotland
• Ancient Woodland Inventory
• Tree Protection Orders
• Ancient Tree Inventory
• National Soil Map of Scotland
• NatureScot’s Habitat and Land Cover Map of Scotland
• NatureScot’s Mountain Woodland Restoration Areas
• Existing Restoration Projects
LDP2 Designated Open Space. Current open space for nature, recreation
and amenity is mapped and designated for protection against
development in LDP2. This is currently the key mechanism for protecting
open spaces within settlement boundaries from development. Designated
sites will be considered and reviewed for LDP3. NPF4 Policies 20 and 21 do
not address open space for purposes of amenity, where that may be for
residential amenity separation or for landscape purposes. This needs to be
considered in both drawing boundaries of settlements or whether a local
policy is required for Open Space.
OS MasterMap Water Network dataset is a collaborative project between
Ordnance Survey, the Environment Agency, and the Scottish Environment
Protection Agency that combines detailed data on watercourses across
Great Britain. It provides a comprehensive baseline for PKC’s water
environment, showing the flow and precise course of rivers, streams, lakes,
and canals. 
SEPA Recommended Riparian Corridor is relevant for required blue-green
infrastructure mapping and to inform proposed allocations during the
preparation of development plans. The inclusion of this layer in BGI
mapping addresses the requirement for identification and protection of
BGI assets and infrastructure, as well as identification of opportunities for
improvement to the water environment.
SEPA Surface Water Flood Risk Layers identify land which may have
potential to be part of the blue network. It is considered that the low-risk
layer will be the most appropriate one to use, before a climate change
surface water risk layer is available. This layer used the medium likelihood
flood event with an increase in rainfall intensity of 20% nationally. This
layer may provide a first indication of those areas potentially at risk from
surface water flooding in the future, however due to projected changes in
rainfall intensity it may not show all locations that may be affected in the
future.
Scotland Wetland Inventory is generated from data supplied to SEPA by
NatureScot. The wetland inventory database comprises several fields that
include the main WFD95 wetland type, the original habitat survey
information and whether the wetland polygon is within a statutory
designated site. The inventory has been completed using available digital
data for wetlands that have been surveyed. It is very likely that there are
wetlands in Scotland that have not been surveyed or where the survey
data is currently not available in a digital format suitable for geographic
information system (GIS). However, it will be a useful resource.
Enhance and Expand Blue and Green Infrastructure

Page 105

Development Enhancement Measures. Blue and Green Infrastructure is
protected from harm by development under NPF4 Policy 20(a) and
proposals for incorporating new or enhanced BGI is supported by Policy
20(b). The requirement in NPF4 Policy 3 to conserve and enhance
biodiversity is expected to contribute to positive measures for blue and
green infrastructure. Further information on enhancement beyond site
requirements can be found in Topic Paper 005.
Open Space Provision for New Developments Supplementary Guidance
(2021). This current guidance accompanies LDP2 Policy 14: Open Space
Retention and Provision, providing:
• The quantity, accessibility and design standards for open space in
new developments
• Information as to the types of open space required for different
scales of development
• Conditions for on-site and off-site developer contribution
requirements
• The mechanisms for the maintenance of open space.
The guidance seeks to ensure there is appropriate mitigation for the
impact new development has on existing open spaces and determine
whether or not new public open space will be required to support the
development. Furthermore, the document provides guidance on
landscaping and the design of development. It encourages
well0connected, high quality open spaces which are designed with long-
term maintenance implications in mind.
Big Place Conversation Results. During this engagement settlement
specific comments were noted and often drawn on maps as to not only
where valuable green infrastructure was but where interventions could
take place such as natural flood management, increases in tree planting or
improvements to green spaces. This information will help inform the open
space strategy.
Local Place Plans (LPPs) are currently being prepared by community
groups across Perth and Kinross. Early conversations with groups indicated
that BGI proposals are likely to be included in some LPPs, including
proposals for new sites to receive open space designation and safeguarded
against development. Furthermore, there are several current Community
Action Plans that include ongoing or proposed BGI projects, and these will
be considered alongside LPPs. 
Grow Wild. This campaign is reviewing the way Council managed
greenspaces are cut with potential benefits for nature. A survey currently
covering the wider Perth area also invites comments on further
suggestions for biodiversity improvements as well as food growing
suggestions. This feedback will be included within the Open Space Strategy
and settlement audits and will help identify opportunities to support
valued sites.
Other Blue and Green Infrastructure Opportunities. Opportunities exist
where there are gaps in existing green infrastructure. The Evidence
Report’s Biodiversity chapter also sets out sources for mapping restoration
opportunities for the purposes of identifying Nature Networks. Where not
included in Nature Networks this data will help identify opportunities for
restoring or enhancing green infrastructure:
• Investment Ready Projects
• Natural Flood Management Studies
• SEPA Riparian Vegetation Planting Opportunities
• SEPA Obstacles to Fish Migration
• SEPA Natural Flood Management mapping
• SEPA Geomorphic Risk layer

Page 106

• SEPA Water Environment Framework Projects
Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (SFRA) considers, identifies, and collates
information on natural flood risk management opportunities for all
settlements within LDP2. It considers Local Authority Flood Studies to help
identify proposed Natural Flood Management and uses the SEPA low
surface water flood risk layer and SEPA Natural Flood Management
mapping to identify future potential opportunities. SFRA datasets are being
collated into an interactive webmap for submission with the Evidence
Report. These layers will be incorporated into wider BGI mapping once
available. 
As an example of the SFRA analysis of Natural Flood Management
opportunities within a settlement, it is useful to consider Blackford. In
terms of the SEPA Natural Flood Management opportunities mapping
there is both substantial floodplain management and sediment
management opportunities related to the Allan Waters. Unfortunately, we
cannot publish this mapped information due to licensing restrictions.
However, you can view the Natural Flood Management maps on the SEPA
map viewer.
Whilst SEPA mapping of opportunities is a starting point, the Blackford
flood study carried out in 2020 identified Natural Flood Management as
part of the preferred option. The Natural Flood Management could aid in
storing flows within the upstream catchment as well as having wide
catchment benefits. It is suggested that if alternative options are put in
place to enable flood risk reduction, natural flood management measures
could be incorporated later to provide some additional attenuation to the
higher flows predicted as part of future climate change.
Areas where Natural Flood Management may be considered include north
and south of Drumfad on the Allan Water. This is different from the areas
identified in the SEPA opportunity mapping, as detailed analysis resulted in
a different approach. The delivery of this scheme is subject to capital
funding being made available by the Scottish Government and within Perth
and Kinross Council’s capital programme.
Surface water management plans identify areas at high risk of surface
water flooding. The flood risk analysis of these areas can inform the design
and implementation of suitable drainage systems that may include BGI.
There may also be opportunities for creating multi-functional spaces that
mitigate flood risk, enhance biodiversity and provide community benefits.
Furthermore, through partnership working, SWMPs should foster
collaboration with key stakeholders in an area, forming the basis for
ongoing collaboration to deliver novel surface water management
approaches that could include BGI. Currently, there are completed SWMPs
for Milnathort, and Blairgowrie and Rattray, whilst Perth is nearing
completion. Aberfeldy, Comrie, Kinross and Scone SWMPs have not
formally commenced and are expected to deliver over the next 24 months.
Any SWMPs which are significantly progressed or finalised will inform the
Proposed Plan. 
The Surface Water Management Planning Guidance (2018) outlines surface
water management principles to be considered when planning or assessing
proposals incorporating BGI, particularly in SWMP areas.
Flood studies sometimes identify Natural Flood Management
opportunities, and where they do, these will be recorded in the SFRA,
whilst further studies that become available at Proposed Plan stage will
also be considered. Any confirmed Natural Flood Management will be
identified and protected in the Proposed Plan and will inform the green
blue network. Studies have been carried out for:
• Aberfeldy
• Blackford

Page 107

• Comrie
• Invergowrie
• Alyth
• South Kinross
There are currently no Perth and Kinross Council implemented natural
flood management within the area, however Alyth, Blackford and
potentially Aberfeldy Flood Protection Schemes once confirmed may
include natural flood management areas. The Blackford and Aberfeldy
schemes are currently at preferred option stage. Whilst the Alyth natural
flood management flood study is currently being reviewed by SEPA. Also,
there are several landowners undertaking their own natural flood
management works, examples include Blackford Farms, in collaboration
with Forth Rivers Trust, and Bamff Estate upstream of Alyth.
Perth Integrated Catchment Study considers the complex interactions
between rivers, surface water drainage and combined sewer systems and
identifies at risk areas, and potential interventions to reduce risk.
Consideration will be given to any interventions which will add to blue
network, with options including both grey and green/blue solutions. 
River basin management plans for Scotland (RBMP) set out a framework
for protecting and improving the water environment and consequentially
the benefits provided by the water environment across Scotland. It focuses
on reducing resource use, eliminating waste and restoring natural capital.
It covers rivers, lochs, transitional waters (estuaries), coastal waters,
groundwater, and groundwater dependant wetlands, and sets out actions
for public bodies, industry and land managers in Scotland. Information on
the current status of a water body, pressures affecting it, measures
required to address those pressures, and deadlines for achieving those
measures are available on the SEPA’s Water Environment Hub and Water
Classification Hub. Analysis of the RBMP will inform the spatial strategy
and may identify additional blue green network opportunities.
Identify Priorities for Connectivity
20-minute neighbourhood and local living analysis and settlement audit
work will be carried out to support the preparation of the Proposed Plan.
This analysis will inform the spatial strategy and may identify additional
blue green network opportunities within the settlement. It is planned as
part of the Settlement Audit work for the Proposed Plan to develop a
Localities Profile template which will set out those factors which officers
need to take account of in developing their understanding of each place
and its needs to satisfy the requirements of the Planning Act, Regulations,
LDP Guidance and NPF4 policies. These settlement audits will be informed
by results of our LDP3 Big Place Conversation exercise (using the Place
Standard Tool) which are being collated to produce summaries for each of
the localities. These summaries will be available for inclusion in the
Evidence Report and considered through our Settlement Audit work for
the Proposed Plan.
The accessibility assessment undertaken for the open space strategy forms
part of the broader local living and 20-minute neighbourhood analysis. This
analysis identifies residential areas that do not meet public open space
accessibility standards, which are then assessed against the Scottish Index
of Multiple Deprivation (SIMD) to determine priority locations for
improving access to green and blue spaces. The mapping highlights areas
where access can be improved through new path connections or where
new open space provision may be necessary. 
Green Networks / Nature Networks. Having identified existing green
infrastructure networks for nature and people, connections between them
will be discussed with communities as we prepare the Proposed Plan. This
will build on information gathered during the Big Place Conversation
around valued spaces and active travel priorities. Current engagement to
identify priorities for Nature Networks is taking place alongside these Topic

Page 108

Papers which includes a question regarding the prioritisation of habitats
with which to connect nature rich sites via nature networks. 
Encourage Use of Unused or Underused land
The temporary use of unused or underused land as green infrastructure is
currently encouraged under LDP2 Policy 42 reflected in NPF4 Policy 21 (d)
for temporary proposals. LDP3 may be able to encourage temporary uses
through identifying suitable land for BGI opportunities, both for direct
community use or supported by development.
• The Food Growing Strategy supports the temporary use of land for
food growing.
• The Open Space Quality Audit will help identify areas of land that
could provide a greater functionality of green spaces for both
biodiversity and food growing.
• Scottish Vacant and Derelict Land Survey. Council data is available
on the Open Data portal and provides opportunities where green
infrastructure could be utilised. 
Urban Capacity and Brownfield study - A pilot exercise has so far been
undertaken for a specific area of Perth and Kinross which considered
vacant and derelict land, vacant properties, community land audit, car
parks, underutilised open space, land in council ownership, land allocated
for employment safeguarding in LDP2, land allocated in LDP2 and the
housing land audit but not yet fulfilled, and officer identified sites. The
main purpose is to identify sites for affordable housing, including small
sites that could be brought forward for development immediately or
considered for the longer term via the LDP review process. The initial scope
of this has been focussed on identifying potential sites for housing,
however when it is taken forward across the Council area, it should also
consider whether sites have potential for use as blue or green
infrastructure. This could be on a temporary or long-term basis.
Safeguarding and Promoting Access to Green and Blue Spaces and Active
Travel networks
20-minute neighbourhood and local living analysis and settlement audit
work mentioned in more detail under Identify Priorities for Connectivity
paragraph 46, this work will also inform the spatial strategy in relation to
active travel. This analysis will assess accessibility to publicly accessible
blue and green spaces, identifying locations where provision or
connectivity require improvement. 
Open Space Quality Audit and Open Space Strategy. An accessibility
statement will be produced as part of the Open Space Strategy. While
initial data on accessibility of individual open spaces has been collated a
wider picture of access to open spaces will be incorporated into the 20-
minute neighbourhood analysis.
Active Travel Routes will provide connectivity across green networks. LDP2
Policy 15: Public Access currently safeguards core paths, disused railway
lines, asserted rights of way and other well-used routes and connectivity
proposals identified in the Regional Transport Plan. The Proposed Plan
should safeguard access rights and core paths, including active travel
routes, and encourage new and enhanced opportunities for access linked
to wider networks.
This will require consideration of the following existing and proposed
recreational routes: 
Existing routes
• Core paths
• Rights of way

Page 109

• National Cycle Routes
• Signposted paths
• Ramblers path network dataset
• Cateran Trail 
• Loch Leven Heritage Trail and associated links
Proposed future routes/priorities
• National long-distance routes: Routes identified in LDP2 are Crieff to
Comrie as part of the Pilgrim Way, and Crook of Devon to Kinross
via Balado.
• Future Potential Routes for footpaths: Perth and Kinross Council
data.
• Disused railway lines: Safeguarded in LDP2 from inappropriate
development. Where there is not a reasonable prospect of being
reused for public transport, consideration will then be given to their
potential for active travel / green networks. Perth & Kinross Council
Data.
• The Tactran Regional Network: A spatial prioritisation of the
pipeline of strategic active travel projects.
• The Mobility strategy action plan (from emerging PKC mobility
strategy)
• Core Paths Scotland dataset containing potential linkages in
neighbouring authorities.
A Core Paths Plan was adopted by the Council in January 2012 and revised
in 2017. The Plan shows a system of paths, 2043km in total, which provide
reasonable public access throughout Perth and Kinross.
The emerging Mobility Strategy, the Active Travel Strategy 2018, the
Tactran Regional Active Travel Network 2024, and the emerging Kinross-
shire Active Travel Masterplan will also be considered, particularly in
context of identifying any additional spatial data on existing and proposed
access routes or other active travel infrastructure. Progress on the Active
Travel Strategy including the Cycling Walking and Safer Routes Projects can
be found in the May 2024 report to Council.
The Tactran Regional Network provides a spatial evidence base for
prioritising and planning a pipeline of strategic active travel projects, to
further develop the regional walking and cycling network. It will also
include consideration of the Mobility Strategy Action Plan.
The Mobility Strategy commonly known as a Local Transport Strategy, sets
out Perth & Kinross Council's vision for managing and developing the
transport network. The Mobility strategy considers and incorporates on
going schemes and projects such as Perth People Place, which takes
forward delivery of the Perth cycle network.
The programme of active travel routes including shared use and cycling
paths provides an opportunity to identify routes which best support access
to blue and green infrastructure and active travel routes which present an
opportunity for delivering multiple benefits by designing sustainable
drainage and vegetation alongside the hard surfaces.
Strategic Green Networks. An aspirational green route was set out in
TAYPlan along both coasts of Tay Estuary linking Dundee and Newburgh to
Perth. In addition, following the requirement in TAYPlan to identify
strategic green networks, further work was carried out prior to LDP2 (see
p68 of LDP2) resulting in Strategic Green Networks throughout Perth &
Kinross centred around the national cycle ways. Perth & Kinross
Countryside Trust have established the River Tay Way following core paths
from Kenmore to Perth, with a cycling route which follows NCN 7 and 77
from Kenmore to Dundee. PKCT are also currently developing the Bridge of
Earn to Newburgh active travel route. These routes should be reviewed,
and consideration given to whether there are additional networks strands

Page 110

which should be added. The National Cycle Routes, Core Paths Scotland
and Ramblers Path Network Scotland will be used to explore regional
opportunities and inform engagement with neighbouring authorities in
2025. 
Identify Land for Temporary Greening or Food Growing
Food Growing Strategy. The Food Growing Strategy 2021 for Perth and
Kinross responds to the Government’s vision to increase the health and
wellbeing of Scotland`s communities by encouraging more people to grow
and eat fruit and vegetables. The two main barriers to growing food are
the lack of knowledge and lack of suitable growing space.
The Local Development Plan states that new developments should
incorporate allotments where there is a proven demand in the local area.
By identifying areas where there is a shortfall of growing spaces and a
proven public demand, the Food Growing Strategy will provide the basis
for fulfilling this requirement for future development proposals. Providing
other community growing spaces through the planning process is also
encouraged, especially for proposed residential developments which will
lead to the creation of new communities. This approach is being trialled at
Bertha Park near Perth, which will incorporate large community growing
spaces.
There is a relevant action within the strategy to, ‘Incorporate any potential
allotment site, identified by the Food Growing Strategy, into the next
revision/update of the Local Development Plan and any development brief
work. Encourage/require all large residential development proposals to
provide food growing opportunities.’
Identification of land for food growing is being sought during the first
phase of the Grow Wild consultation. Further opportunities will arise
during development of the Open Space Strategy.
Strategy and Principles for Delivering Blue-Green Networks
Water-Resilient Places Scottish Government paper considers what
improvements we can make to surface water management in communities
across Scotland by building on existing policy and by improving how we
work together.
It highlights blue green infrastructure can bring multiple benefits and meet
a wider range of policy objectives including flood risk management, city
regeneration, environmental improvement and enhanced wellbeing and
health. Scottish Water’s “no more in; what’s in out” surface water policy
stating that they will not normally accept any surface water connections
into their combined sewer system also requires a shift in favour of blue-
green interventions. Resolving surface water flooding issues requires a
coordinated effort across organisations which could be difficult to achieve
given the current policy and legislative framework.
All the actions in this paper are relevant, however the most directly
relevant actions for the land-use planning process (development planning
and development management) are:
• We should take a placemaking approach to achieving blue-green
cities and water resilience involving partners in the public and
private sectors, the third sector, individuals, and communities.
• Climate impact assessments applying to public policies/activities
should include assessing the impact of the proposed policy/activity
on water resilience i.e. considering if the activity adds to flooding
and drainage issues, helps manage flooding and drainage or has no
effect on flooding and drainage.
• Where appropriate, include a requirement for all sites and
development proposals to be assessed and report on how they will
contribute positively to the climate emergency and water resilience.

Page 111

• Place-making (and masterplanning) should establish blue-green
infrastructure needs from the outset where planning authorities’
decisions are informed by a comprehensive water strategy where: o
The natural infrastructure is defined; o Strategic flood risk and
drainage assessments are carried out; o A blue-green infrastructure
plan is defined
• The drainage of surface water from all new sites wherever
practicable should be by blue-green infrastructure. Land for blue-
green infrastructure should be a site pre-requisite and all designs
should presume no rainwater connection to sewer.
Green infrastructure development will also be guided by the 6 qualities of
successful places set out in Annex D of NPF4 and Scottish Government
Guidance; and
PKC’s Green and Blue Infrastructure Supplementary Guidance sets out
the principles for protecting and delivering Green and Blue Infrastructure.
This is complemented by Council’s 2021 Adopted Open Space Provision
for New Developments Supplementary Guidance which sets out principles
for the delivery of open space and associated blue infrastructure.

Page 112

Summary of Implications for the Proposed Plan:
The initial implications of the evidence for the Proposed Plan which have
been identified in this chapter are discussed in detail in this section. In
summary, the main implications are:
• Safeguarding open space through further engagement with
communities and ongoing audit work to identify valued areas of open
space for designation in LDP3.
• Improving access to natural spaces through interventions in priority
locations where the OSS and settlement audits identify poor quantity,
quality, and/or accessibility to public open spaces. 
• Delivering ecosystem services through BGI enhancements identify in
opportunity mapping to improve multi-functionality of greenspaces
and deliver a range of benefits for both nature and communities.
• Implementing nature-based solutions to projected climate change
impacts by taking into account the Climate Change Risks and
Opportunities Assessment, Strategic Flood Risk Assessment, Surface
Water Management Plans, and Natural Flood Management Studies.
Opportunity mapping will provide an evidence-base for where and how
BGI design can mitigate local impacts.
• Developing green networks that, where possible, link to nature
networks, connecting natural spaces in rural and urban areas. Green
networks include an active travel element that will contribute to Local
Living and 20-minute neighbourhoods, mitigating transport related
emissions. Cross-boundary strategic green networks will be explored
with neighbouring authorities.
• Focus on delivery through site-specific developer requirements for on-
site or off-site contributions. For large-scale developments, these
requirements will be further detailed through site masterplanning
processes. As well as delivery through development, opportunities may
be realised through other means such as public sector programmes and
infrastructure investment.  
Up to Date Audits and Strategies
The Proposed Plan will be informed by the audits and strategies, covering
the multiple functions and benefits of blue and green infrastructure
considered in this paper. The blue green infrastructure mapping will
synthesize biodiversity, food growing, natural flood risk management,
active travel, and local living opportunities into both strategic scale and
settlement-based mapping and analysis. This will identify existing green
and blue infrastructure to be protected, opportunities to enhance and
expand green and blue infrastructure, and networks which connect areas
for people and nature. The BGI audit will be incorporated into open space
audit work and inform the preparation of the Open Space Strategy.
Identify and Protect Existing Blue and Green Infrastructure
The Proposed Plan will identify blue infrastructure by considering the OS
MasterMap Water Network and SEPA’s riparian corridor layers, along with
public open spaces mapped in the Open Space Audit. It will also consider
existing and potential natural flood management opportunities, SFRA
outputs, flood studies, wetland inventory mapping, RBMP, settlement
audits, and urban capacity and brownfield assessments.
The Proposed Plan will identify green infrastructure by considering the
results of the Open Space Audit and the recommendations of the Open

Page 113

Space Strategy. The sources discussed will also add to the picture
additional natural spaces not considered in the OSS, including how
connections for wildlife can be made through urban green networks that
provide corridors connecting with wider nature networks.
Enhance and Expand Blue and Green Infrastructure
As outlined in NPF4 Policy 20b: Blue and Green Infrastructure,
development proposals for or incorporating new or enhanced BGI will be
supported. Where appropriate, this will be an integral element of the
design that responds to local circumstances. Design will take account of
existing provision, new requirements and network connections (identified
in relevant strategies such as the Open Space Strategy) to ensure the
proposed BGI is of an appropriate type(s), quantity, quality and
accessibility and is designed to be multi-functional and well-integrated into
the overall proposal. Where appropriate, the Proposed Plan will address
BGI as part of the Infrastructure First approach, aligning with NPF4 Policy
18. This will ensure BGI strategies inform site layout and design, and are
implemented at property, street and development scale.
The Open Space Audit evaluates the quantity, quality, and accessibility of
publicly accessible green and blue spaces, providing a robust evidence base
on the condition and needs of these spaces within the plan area. The
resulting strategy serves as a strategic framework for PKC's policies and
proposals relating to BGI. It will also identify priority actions that can be
delivered through the LDP. The evidence base will inform the Proposed
Plan, identifying where and how these priority actions can be implemented
to deliver benefits across local placemaking, economy, climate change,
environment, communities, and individual health and wellbeing.
The Proposed Plan will utilise BGI as nature-based solutions to address the
climate crisis by safeguarding, enhancing, and developing new blue-green
spaces and network. These spaces will contribute to both climate change
mitigation and adaptation, while also delivering a range of co-benefits for
people and nature. This approach will be guided by the OSS, which will be
developed alongside the Proposed Plan, and will support the promotion
and facilitation of development that addresses the climate and nature
crises. The effective integration of BGI into the Proposed Plan is therefore
essential to achieving the objectives of NPF4 Policy 1: Tackling the Climate
and Nature Crises.
Additionally, the Open Space Strategy incorporates insights from PKC's
Climate Change Risks and Opportunities Assessment to identify projected
changes and future needs of places. This ensures that proposals relating to
blue and green spaces or networks are designed to be multi-functional and
contribute to the objectives of NPF4 Policy 2: Climate Change Mitigation
and Adaptation. This includes mitigating climate change through carbon
sequestration and the promotion of active travel, as well as adaptation to
projected impacts such as through urban cooling and surface water
management.
Safeguarding and Promoting Access to Green and Blue Spaces and Active
Travel Networks
The Proposed Plan will also safeguard access rights and core paths,
including active travel routes, and encourage new and enhanced
opportunities for access linked to wider networks. Its spatial strategy will
identify and protect blue and green infrastructure assets and networks;

Page 114

and seek to enhance and expand existing provision including new blue
and/or green infrastructure.
The accessibility mapping undertaken for the open space audit highlights
areas where access can be improved through new path connections or
where new open space provision may be necessary. These maps will be
used to during site appraisals to inform site requirements for allocations in
the Proposed Plan. It is important to note that the minimum open space
requirements outlined in the Open Space for New Developments
Supplementary Guidance (2021) will continue to apply unless superseded
by the Open Space Strategy.
Engagement on the Open Space Strategy will draw together these strands
to inform how green infrastructure and blue networks can be identified
incorporating assets to be protected and enhanced, and opportunities to
be delivered. This will involve community bodies, community groups,
stakeholders, and community greenspace colleagues.
The Proposed Plan will identify objectives and actions, which will inform
how blue and green infrastructure is delivered through site allocation and
requirements. Also requiring consideration is the extent to which the
planning system can contribute to improvement, particularly in relation to
offsite improvements and strategic interventions. The Planning Circular
4/1998: The Use of Conditions in Planning Permissions prevents delivery
where the need for the action would not be created by the new
development.
Strategy and Principles for Delivering Blue-Green networks
Improving connectivity within and delivery of a successful green and blue
network will require the Proposed Plan mapping and associated policy to
provide:
• A strong strategy and objectives which focus on identifying
improvements which would deliver multi-functional benefits. 
• A good evidence base, identifying the existing infrastructure (blue,
green and accessibility) with analysis of the relevant datasets, and
engagement with communities, and other stakeholders to bring
different perspectives, and expertise;
• Priorities for connectivity within the network using collective
experience and expertise of stakeholders;
• A focus on delivery with appropriate linkages from identified
priorities and improvements to development opportunities by tying
actions to development allocations, and where possible utilising the
planning system to assist in offsite and strategic improvements, whilst
also recognising the role of other delivery mechanisms.
The Council will update existing Blue & Green Infrastructure mapping to
meet the requirements of NPF4 by:  
• considering the information sources mentioned in this paper; and 
• working with the wider public and stakeholders.

Page 115

Gaps, Uncertainties or Key Issues Raised:
At the time of writing the Open Space Quality Audit has not been finalised.
The audit is expected to be completed in summer of 2025, with the
strategy to follow at the end of the year.  
Green and Blue infrastructure was mapped for the Blue and Green
Infrastructure Supplementary Guidance. This will be reviewed and updated
to consider the information sources mentioned in this paper alongside
wider public and stakeholder input. As there will be no statutory guidance
documents anymore, it is considered that the mapping will need to be in
the LDP Proposed Plan in some form. 
Both the Green Infrastructure mapping and Open Space Audit will address
accessibility and connectivity. This will be supplemented by consideration
of nature networks to develop green networks. Prioritisation of how green
networks connect people and nature to green spaces and through
settlements will be developed through discussion with key stakeholders
and communities as the Plan is developed. An initial consultation on
priorities for nature networks is taking place alongside the consultation on
topic papers. 
Identifying and protecting blue and green infrastructure and green
networks in the Local Development Plan is the first stage. This will also
help development deliver opportunities and connections as part of site
planning. NPF4 Policy 3 requires development to deliver enhancement for
biodiversity and this may raise opportunities for the realisation of green
networks both on and offsite. Offsite delivery however is limited by the
current law around planning conditions and in some cases may be difficult
to secure until such time that new legal mechanisms are in place. 
Planning Circular 4/1998: the use of conditions in planning permissions
sets out 6 tests for conditions as on several occasions the Courts have laid
down the general criteria for the validity of planning conditions. In addition
to satisfying the Courts' criteria for validity, conditions should not be
imposed unless they are necessary and effective, relevant to the
development to be permitted and do not place unjustifiable burdens on
applicants. This limits the scope for requiring enhancement particularly
where it is offsite.

Page 116

Summary of Stakeholder Engagement:
The Big Place Conversation
PKC completed a programme of community engagement in 2023 to inform
the preparation of LDP3. The “Big Place Conversation” consisted of over
100 events and an online survey, receiving approximately 1,600
participants in total. We used the Place Standard approach for our
community engagement, which is widely used across Scotland and is
advocated by the Scottish Government and other key agencies such as
Public Health Scotland. The Place Standard includes questions on the 14
themes. For the purposes of this chapter, comments received for the
Natural Spaces theme are summarised below:
Positive Comments
+ Natural heritage is intrinsically linked to local history, identity and
character
+ Scenic landscapes, including hills, glens, woodlands, rivers, and
lochs are highly valued for their beauty and ecological significance 
+ Notable natural assets include the River Tay, Loch Tay, Birks of
Aberfeldy, Den of Alyth, Ben Vrackie, Faskally Woods, Glen Lyon,
and Kinnoull Hill 13
+ An extensive path network provides excellent connectivity to
natural spaces, making them easily accessible
+ Prominent nature walks include the Rob Roy Way, Loch Leven
Heritage Trail, and Cateran Trail
+ High-quality greenspaces enhance access to nature within urban
areas
+ Strong biodiversity thrives across both rural and urban settings,
supporting abundant wildlife and healthy ecosystems
+ Local volunteer groups play an active role in managing and
improving natural spaces, contributing to conservation efforts and
enhancing biodiversity 
Negative Comments
- Some areas have poor access to nature despite their rural
surroundings, requiring residents to drive to natural spaces
- Limited parking near natural spaces restricts access
- Noise pollution from traffic detracts from the enjoyment of natural
spaces
- Certain neighbourhoods lack adequate urban greenspaces, due to
poor provision, accessibility, connectivity, and/or quality.
- The path network is fragmented in places, with missing links
between key locations
- Poor path conditions restrict access to natural spaces for those with
reduced mobility
- Gradual loss of natural spaces due to development on greenfield
sites, including greenbelt and open spaces.
- Concerns over the cumulative impact of new developments and
land management practices on ecosystem health
- Common maintenance issues include littering, dog-fouling, and
changes in grassland management, such as “no-mow” areas
- Conflict with landowners over access rights
- Insufficient seating and sheltered areas in natural spaces and along
paths to them

Page 117

Suggestions:
o Safeguard the environment with effective policy measures, such as
protecting greenbelt land, promoting brownfield regeneration, and
increasing open space designations in the Local Development Plan
o Enhance biodiversity and naturalness in both rural and urban areas
through, for example, tree planting, conservation initiatives, and
well-designed blue-green infrastructure
o Improve the overall quality, connectivity, and promotion of the path
network, linking settlements with natural spaces
o Ensure new developments contribute to creating or enhancing
greenspaces and path network linkages.
o Promote natural attractions and path network more effectively o
Increase opportunities around prominent natural assets (e.g. River
Tay)
o Encourage collaborative management of parks and nature-rich sites
with communities, including improved access to funding and
updated site management plans
o Increase parking provision at key natural sites
o Increase opportunities for community growing, such as orchards,
allotments, and gardens
o Provide more seating and sheltered areas at key sites and along the
path network
o Address dog-fouling and littering with more bins and clearer penalty
signage 
LDP3 Evidence Report Topic Papers
The Council produced a series of LDP3 Evidence Report Topic Papers,
covering the individual subject matters of NPF4’s suite of national planning
policies.  These papers, which set out the detailed evidence the Council has
gathered to help produce our Evidence Report and which we hope to use
to help prepare our Proposed Plan, were published on the Council’s
Consultation Hub and open for comments for a period of 6 week during
July and August 2024.  As part of our consultation process for LDP3 Topic
Papers we welcomed the views of our key stakeholders (who were
contacted specifically via email regarding the consultation exercise) and
the public at large, on the sufficiency of the evidence gathered, our
interpretation of the implications of that evidence to the Proposed Plan,
and on how we intend to use that evidence to develop our LDP3.  We also
asked respondents to provide links to other sources of available
information or data which they felt we had not included, alongside an
explanation of why they considered any additional sources of information
to be relevant to the preparation of the LDP. The feedback received is
summarised in the Statements of Agreement/Dispute table below.
Blue-Green Infrastructure Data Collection
To inform the preparation of this Evidence Report chapter, the
stakeholders listed below were consulted. They provided additional
datasets and relevant information that have been included in this chapter.
Additionally, the data provided has been included in our BGI mapping and
will be used to inform preparation of the Open Space Strategy.
• PKC Community Greenspace
• PKC Climate Change and Sustainable Development

Page 118

• PKC Transport Planning
• PKC Data Services
• SEPA
• NatureScot
• Sustrans
• Tayside Biodiversity Partnership
• Perth and Kinross Countryside Trust
Open Space Audit – Quality Survey Form Preparation and Site Visits
The survey form produced to carry out quality assessments for the open
space audit was created in collaboration between PKC’s Community
Greenspace, Development Plans, and Climate Change and Sustainable
Development Teams. The original survey template was created in 2020,
however the project was paused due to the Covid-19 pandemic. A cross-
team workshop was held in March 2023 to trial the template on sites in
Perth and complete a final version of the survey form. 
Site surveys were primarily conducted by the planning department, with
guidance from Community Greenspace Rangers. Joint site visits were
conducted with the Rangers for key Parks and Countryside Sites in their
respective localities.

Page 119

Statements of Agreement/ Dispute 
12 responses were received on our Blue and Green Infrastructure Topic Paper.  Most respondents (9 out of 12) either agreed with or had no comment to
make on the evidence identified through Topic Paper 022, and the summary of the implications of that evidence for the Proposed Plan provided by the
Council.  A number offered examples of additional sources of information which they felt should be considered.   A summary of these comments, their status,
and the Council’s response are provided in the table below. There were no responses on the Blue and Green Infrastructure issue which the respondents
wished to be treated as a formal dispute to the Evidence Report.  Those responses have been highlighted in red in the table. Two respondents disagreed with
the sufficiency of the list of evidence, and one disagreed with the implications of the evidence for the Proposed Plan. Those response are highlighted in
orange.
Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Unknown Disagree
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for Proposed
Plan (PP): The respondent indicated that they disagreed with the
sufficiency of the list of evidence/datasets identified in Topic Paper 21.
Further Comments: Disagree that evidence is sufficient, noting that the
paper does not recognise key active travel routes. The respondent
makes specific reference to the Loch Leven Heritage Trail and
associated linking paths.
Formal Dispute: The respondent did not wish for their response to be
treated as a formal dispute.
Reference added to Loch Leven Heritage
Trail and associated links. Please see full
list of active travel datasets provided at
beginning of the paper.
NatureScot Neither
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for Proposed
Plan (PP): NatureScot indicated that they neither agreed nor disagreed
with the sufficiency of the list of evidence/datasets identified in Topic
Paper 21, and our summary of implications of that evidence for the
proposed plan. 
Further Comments: NatureScot welcomed consideration of green
networks and how they relate to nature networks and active travel
networks. It was recommended that PKC explores new regional active
Reference added to regional active travel
datasets and plans for engaging with
neighbouring authorities in 2025 to
develop strategic green networks.

Page 120

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
travel routes across Tayside through discussions with other local
authorities.
Formal Dispute: NatureScot did not wish for their response to be
treated as a formal dispute
SEPA Disagree
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for Proposed
Plan (PP): SEPA indicated that they disagreed with the sufficiency of the
list of evidence/datasets identified in Topic Paper 21.
Further Comments: Disagree that evidence is sufficient, noting that the
paper does not include sufficient evidence to identify blue networks.
Mapped sources which identify the river network and other water
environment features along with the output of the finalised SFRA and
the geomorphic risk layer would provide relevant evidence. The
respondent made specific reference to the water classification hub,
which provides the most recent classification data regarding the water
environment.
The respondent stated the implications of BGI as part of an
infrastructure first approach to the spatial strategy should be
highlighted. Furthermore, the benefits of BGI for climate adaptation
should be expanded and strengthened, with links to NPF4 policies 1, 2
and 18 highlighted. 
Formal Dispute: SEPA did not wish for their response to be treated as a
formal dispute.
Datasets are now listed at the top of the
paper and grouped by category. Please
see datasets related to Water
Environment as well as Flooding and
Geomorphic Risk. 
Reference to Water Classification Hub has
been included.
SFRA map has been referenced and
datasets will be incorporated into BGI
mapping once available.
TACTRAN Neither
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for Proposed
Plan (PP): TACTRAN indicated that they neither agreed nor disagreed
with the sufficiency of the list of evidence/datasets identified in Topic
Paper 21, and our summary of implications of that evidence for the
proposed plan.
Further Comments: TACTRAN responded in relation to sustainable
travel and the quality of places, noting that it is important to establish
the risks to the viability of communities, such as risk of transport
Reference to the 20-minute analysis taking
place in 2025 has been strengthened. This
analysis will assess accessibility to publicly
accessible blue and green spaces,
identifying locations where connectivity

Page 121

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
poverty. Reference was made to the series of 20-minute
neighbourhood and local living analysis that will be carried out to
support the preparation of LDP3.
The respondent states it is difficult to understand the scale of the
problem and the potential impact new development can have on
access to play, sport and recreation without knowing the baseline data,
e.g. in relation to the walking distance to the nearest useable green or
blue space.
Furthermore, the respondent highlights the scale of the Active Travel
Routes map makes it difficult to establish the relevant information for
the evidence report, i.e. distance to the nearest blue or green space.
Formal Dispute: TACTRAN did not wish for their response to be treated
as a formal dispute.
requires improvement or provision
increased. Furthermore, this includes an
assessment of levels of deprivation using
Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation to
identify priorities for intervention based
on levels of deprivation.
The Active Travel Routes data has been
incorporated into the interactive BGI
webmap.
Kenmore & District
Community Council
Neither
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for Proposed
Plan (PP): Kenmore Community Council indicated that they neither
agreed nor disagreed with the sufficiency of the list of
evidence/datasets identified in Topic Paper 21, and our summary of
implications of that evidence for the proposed plan.
Further Comments: The respondent states the Community Council is in
the process of creating a Local Action Plan in partnership with Loch Tay
and Glen Lyon covering the “Loch Tay” area. The response highlights
key issues that will be focused on, including the designation and
safeguarding of open space identified by the community.
Formal Dispute: Kenmore & District Community Council did not wish
for their response to be treated as a formal dispute.
PKC welcomes the reference to the
upcoming Local Action Plan covering the
Loch Tay area. The suggestions for open
space designation and safeguarding
included in the response have been saved
with other early site suggestions.
Reference to Local Place Plans has also
been provided in this Evidence Report
chapter.

Page 122

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
PKC Transport
Planning
Neither
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for Proposed
Plan (PP): PKC Transport Planning indicated that they neither agreed
nor disagreed with the sufficiency of the list of evidence/datasets
identified in Topic Paper 21, and our summary of implications of that
evidence for the proposed plan.
Further Comments: The Mobility Strategy’s Strategic Action 161
supports a focus on green infrastructure and aims to protect and
incorporate green infrastructure within all new infrastructure schemes
and developments, capitalising on opportunities across Perth and
Kinross to promote active travel and make connections where possible
to blue and green networks to provide a multifunctional network with
multiple benefits for climate and nature.
Formal Dispute: PKC Transport Planning did not wish for their response
to be treated as a formal dispute.
PKC Transport Planning has been
consulted during the collection of data for
the BGI mapping exercise. We will
continue to collaborate during the
identification and delivery of green
networks.
No further action required.
Homes for Scotland Disagree
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for Proposed
Plan (PP): Homes for Scotland indicated that they agreed with the
sufficiency of the list of evidence/datasets identified in Topic Paper 21,
however disagreed with our summary of implications of that evidence
for the proposed plan.
Further Comments: The respondent suggest stronger reference should
be made to implications of NPF4 Policy 20b “development proposals for
incorporating new or enhanced blue and/or green infrastructure will be
supported.”
The respondent notes that biodiversity requirements can have a
detrimental impact on the cost of maintaining open spaces for
residents. Therefore, it is important for LDP3 to recognise that
alongside matters relating to BGI, other factors must also be taken into
consideration, including marketability and deliverability, to ensure
Scotland’s housing needs are met.
Reference to NPF4 Policy 20b: Blue and
Green Infrastructure has been provided in
the Summary of Implications for the
Proposed Plan section.
In preparing the Proposed Plan PKC will be
guided by the suite of NPF4 policies, six
qualities of place and the many other
pieces of guidance set out in this evidence
report, to ensure that all factors of
relevance are considered including BGI
and deliverability. As per the Council’s

Page 123

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Formal Dispute: Homes for Scotland did not wish for their comments to
be treated as a formal dispute.
response to HfS under the Homes issue of
this Evidence Report, their proposed
deliverability checklist has been taken into
consideration in compiling the site
assessment methodology template for
LDP3. Open space requirements, design
standards and maintenance arrangements
are set out in the Open Space Provisions
for New Development Supplementary
Guidance. Consideration will be given to
its review in line with policy development
for LDP3. 
Montagu Evans
LPP on behalf of
Loch Developments
Ltd
Neither
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for Proposed
Plan (PP): Montague Evans LPP indicated that they neither agreed nor
disagreed with the sufficiency of the list of evidence/datasets identified
in Topic Paper 21, and our summary of implications of that evidence for
the proposed plan.
Further Comments: No further comments provided.
Formal Dispute: Montague Evans LPP did not wish for their comments
to be treated as a formal dispute.
No further action required.
Scottish Water Agree
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for Proposed
Plan (PP): Scottish Water indicated that they agreed with the
sufficiency of the list of evidence/datasets identified in Topic Paper 21,
and our summary of implications of that evidence for the proposed
plan.
Reference to Surface Water Management
Planning Guidance (2018) and surface

Page 124

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Further Comments: Scottish Water agrees with the high-level overview
of implementation of blue and green infrastructure contained in this
topic paper and supports a cross-agency partnership approach to
implementing blue-green infrastructure. 
Scottish Water encourages the inclusion of green and blue
infrastructure as well as integrated green and blue networks when
making place-based assessments. The intention for Perth and Kinross
Council, through LDP3, to assess areas of land which could be used for
temporary growing purposes to increase greenspace within
communities is positive. Scottish Water strongly supports this approach
of utilising existing brownfield sites, or areas of vacant and derelict
land, in a manner that delivers both community placemaking benefits
and positively impact on surface water management within
catchments.
Scottish Water also strongly recommends the inclusion of sustainable
surface water management principles and plans to inform and
influence the design and planning process for new developments.
Green and blue infrastructure must be considered as a vital
requirement in an infrastructure first approach. The topology of a
development site should be used as a guide to form conveyance routes
and place attenuation, with green and blue approaches being
implemented at the property, street and development scales. 
Scottish Water encourage that consideration should be given as to how
these Surface Water Management Plan outputs could influence future
blue-green network strategies within the region.
Formal Dispute: Scottish Water did not wish for their comments to be
treated as a formal dispute.
water management principles has been
added. 
Consideration of surface water
management has been strengthened in
the Summary of Implications for the
Proposed Plan section.

Page 125

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Kinross-shire Civic
Trust
Neither
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for Proposed
Plan (PP): Kinross-shire Civic Trust indicated that they neither agreed
nor disagreed with the sufficiency of the list of evidence/datasets
identified in Topic Paper 21, and our summary of implications of that
evidence for the proposed plan.
Further Comments: The respondent welcomes reference to plans for
working with the wider public to map green infrastructure. Specific
reference is made to the safeguarding of trees out with conservation
areas or TPOs. The respondent notes that they do not believe trees are
not adequately protected. Past experience highlights that TPO requests
can take years to implement or are ignored, and that notifications of
unauthorised felling (in a conservation area) have also been ignored.
Formal Dispute: Kinross-shire Civic Trust did not wish for their
comments to be treated as a formal dispute.
NPF4 Policy 6(b): Forestry, Woodland and
Trees states development proposals will
not be supported where they will result in
the loss or adverse impact on ancient or
veteran trees, as well as individual trees of
high biodiversity value, or identified for
protection in the Forestry and Woodland
Strategy.
PKC welcomes further input from the
Kinross-shire Civic Trust during the Open
Space Strategy engagement and mapping
exercise to identify trees that should be
considered for safeguarding.
Earn Community
Council
Agree
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for Proposed
Plan (PP): Earn Community Council indicated that they agreed with the
sufficiency of the list of evidence/datasets identified in Topic Paper 21,
and our summary of implications of that evidence for the proposed
plan.
Further Comments: Earn Community Council stated the plan is
reasonable and Bridge of Earn has good facilities compared to most,
but they need maintained and improved as part of an integrated plan.
The respondent supports the use of green infrastructure to tackle
climate change, enhance biodiversity, and improve health and
Reference to PKC’s Community Groups
and Projects Maps, including the
Environmental Youth Groups and Projects
Map, has been provided. These groups will
be contacted during the Open Space
Strategy consultation.

Page 126

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
wellbeing. They suggested community groups and schools can help
deliver BGI.
Formal Dispute: Earn Community Council did not wish for their
comments to be treated as a formal dispute.
Savills on behalf of
Scone Estate
Neither
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for Proposed
Plan (PP): Savills indicated that they neither agreed nor disagreed with
the sufficiency of the list of evidence/datasets identified in Topic Paper
21, and our summary of implications of that evidence for the proposed
plan. 
Further Comments: Savills consider that it should be specifically
recognised that landowners are critical to achieving strategic scale
environmental benefits that, in turn, help achieve LDP aims. This is
down to the scale of available land but also the potential to cluster such
initiatives to maximise benefits.
Landowners, such as Scone Estates, are increasingly focusing on
integrated land management to better benefit the environment and
also to increase social value delivery. This is a win-win for Perth and
Kinross and thus should be referenced within any final Evidence Report.
The respondent references the upcoming 20-minute neighbourhood
analysis and highlights that it must be remembered that PKC is
predominantly rural. It was noted that work should be done to increase
resilience of settlements via innovative means to deliver critical Local
Living focused services. This should be done instead of a slavish
adherence to 20-minute neighbourhoods and blanket restrictions on
development, based on current services. The sustainability of rural
areas is dependent on population growth. People will be needed to live
on the land managing it for sustainable outcomes. Lack of local housing
in rural areas is driven by restrictive planning policies and weak markets
with limited housebuilder activity. Planning policies should seek to be
generous in their support of housing in rural areas. The market and
PKC welcomes Savills’ submission on
behalf of Scone Estate and responds to
the points raised within it as follows:
PKC will develop our LDP3 Spatial Strategy
in line with NPF4 and other legislative
requirements as set out in this Evidence
Report for the suite of policy matters. The
development of our LDP3 Spatial Strategy
and the narrative contained within the
Plan (both in discussing the overall spatial
strategy and location specific matters) will
recognise the need to follow the Scottish
Government’s Creating Places and
Designing Streets policy statements, and
the Scottish Government and COSLA’s
Place Principle to promote and develop a
shared understanding of place, and the
need for communities, public

Page 127

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
availability of housebuilders form their own deterrent to any
proliferation of rural housing.
Formal Dispute: Savills did not wish for their comments to be treated
as a formal dispute.
organisations, businesses and other key
stakeholders, including landowners, to
work together to achieve high quality
successful places, and better outcomes for
people, communities and nature.
Nationally land use planning recognises
the importance of working collaboratively
across all users and sectors to create
sustainable and successful places.
Although landowners are not a
legislatively prescribed key stakeholder,
they are widely recognised as being an
integral part of the development planning
process, through the identification and
implementation of deliverable
development opportunities which can
contribute to the achievement of multiple
benefits and wider outcomes for places,
communities and nature. Our LDP3
development process will seek to continue
to work with key stakeholders across the
Perth and Kinross Area, including
landowners and their agents, to deliver
sustainable, liveable and productive places

Page 128

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
for further information, please refer to
Development Plan Scheme and
Participation Statement. 
PKC welcomes the approach being
adopted by landowners, like Scone
Estates, with an increasing focus on
integrated land management to achieve
multiple benefits. Our LDP3 will refer to,
promote, and encourage the principle of
integrated and sustainable land
management and the wider benefits
which can be achieved across a number of
policy areas in line with NPF4 and
Scotland’s Third Land Use Strategy. 
As acknowledged under the relevant
section of this Evidence Report, the
Council’s work on local living and 20
minute neighbourhoods will recognise the
need to develop a methodology which is
appropriate to a Perth and Kinross
context, considering both the urban and
largely rural nature of the Council Area,

Page 129

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
and explore where opportunities may
exist to identify and build upon local living
networks within rural areas. In terms of
the respondent’s comments regarding
local housing in rural areas, this subject is
considered in detail under the ‘Homes’
issue of this Evidence Report. 
No action required for this Evidence
Report.

Page 130

Issue: Play, Recreation, and Sport (Including Play Sufficiency
Assessment)
Corresponding NPF4 Policy/Policies:
NPF4 Policy 21 – Play, recreation and sport
Policy connections:
• Policy 1 - Tackling the climate and nature crises
• Policy 2 - Climate mitigation and adaptation
• Policy 3 - Biodiversity
• Policy 4 - Natural places
• Policy 6 - Forestry, woodland and trees
• Policy 7 - Historic assets and places
• Policy 8 - Green belts
• Policy 9 - Brownfield, vacant and derelict land, and empty buildings
• Policy 13 - Sustainable transport
• Policy 14 - Design, quality and place
• Policy 15 - Local Living and 20-minute neighbourhoods
• Policy 18 - Infrastructure first
• Policy 16 - Quality homes
• Policy 17 - Rural homes
• Policy 20 - Blue and green infrastructure
• Policy 22 - Flood risk and water management
• Policy 23 - Health and safety
• Policy 27 - City, town, local and commercial centres
• Policy 31 - Culture and creativity 
Corresponding Perth and Kinross LDP3 Topic Paper:
Topic Paper 022: Play, Recreation and Sport 
Information required by the Act and NPF4 regarding the topic:
Assessment of Sufficiency of Play Opportunities
Part 2, Section 16D(1) of the Planning Act 2019 requires planning
authorities, in the preparation of their Evidence Report, to include an
assessment of the sufficiency of play opportunities in its area for children.
This is delivered through the preparation of a Play Sufficiency Assessment.   
NPF4
Under NPF4 Policy 21, LDPs are expected to:
• identify sites for sports, play and outdoor recreation for people of all
ages. This should be based on an understanding of the needs and
demand in the community and informed by the planning authority’s
Play Sufficiency Assessment and Open Space Strategy. These spaces
can be incorporated as part of enhancing and expanding blue and
green infrastructure, taking account of relevant agencies’ plans or
policy frameworks, such as flood risk and / or water management
plans. New provisions should be well-designed, high quality,
accessible and inclusive.
This section also provides information relating to the policy subject of play,
recreation and sport as contained in the ‘Local Development Planning
Guidance’ (2023, p.73, 134-5). This includes information relating to the

Page 131

NPF4 Policy Advice & considerations referenced in the Evidence Report
Guidance for the play, recreation and sport policy topic (NPF4 Policy 21).
Specifically, the Guidance (p. 112) sets out that:
“The spatial strategy should seek to identify and maximise the
opportunities for play in the community, in the neighbourhood and in the
natural environment. 
Apart from identifying specific sites for sports, play and outdoor
recreation, the spatial strategy should address the wider concept of play
and playability, in the form of informal play spaces, in the built and natural
environment. It should recognise that accessible blue and green
infrastructure may provide outdoor opportunities for formal and informal
play and recreation. 
Consideration should be given to key policy connections and other
opportunities for play, recreation and sports such as within natural places,
forestry and woodlands, appropriate water environments and in the public
realm and civic spaces. 
Formal and informal play provisions should be designed consistent with
the six qualities of successful places. They should be of high quality,
accessible and suitable for children and people of different ages and
abilities, to meet current and likely future needs and demand in the
community. 
Sports pitch strategies may inform the needs and demand for outdoor
sports provision, and where relevant suitable provision should be
considered through the spatial strategy. 
Plans should prioritise actions in disadvantaged communities, to ensure
the sufficiency of provision of publicly accessible, high quality outdoor play
opportunities for formal and informal play. This will help to tackle
inequality in access to play and improve health and wellbeing outcomes for
children in those areas.”
Links to Evidence:
National / Local Policy Context
• Active Scotland Outcomes Framework
• Play Strategy for Scotland (2013)
• Progress Review of Play Strategy
• Physical Activity for Health: Scotland’s National Framework
• PKC Corporate Plan (2022-2027)
Existing Facilities
• SportScotland Facilities Report (2024)
• PKC - location of existing play areas
• PKC Play area improvements
• PKC leisure centres and swimming pools
• PKC - Council decision on leisure assets in Perth
• PKC - Public consultation on future of Bells
• PKC - Pitlochry Asset Review council committee decision
• PKC - location of existing outdoor sports pitches
• PKC - Policy on Provision for Outdoor Sports (2017)
• PKC - major parks
• PKC - open space areas
• PKC - skate park facilities
• PKC - community sport hub facilities
• PKC - paths and trails

Page 132

• PKC - Core Paths
• PKC - Water Safety Policy
PKC Policy – Asset Management
• PKC Transformation Review of Leisure Assets
• PKC Transformation Review of Leisure Assets - Appendix
• PKC Transformation Review - meeting minute
• PKC Committee Report - Perth City (2024)
• PKC Committee Report - Perth City (September 2024)
• Perth and Kinross Community Green Asset Management Plan
(2017-2022)
PKC Policy – Enhancing Opportunities for Play, Recreation & Sport
• Perth and Kinross Physical Activity and Sport Strategy (2023-2028)
• Play Framework for Perth and Kinross (2019-2022)
Understanding Need
• SportScotland Facilities Planning Modelling
• Play Sufficiency Assessment - Regulations
• Play Sufficiency Assessment - Guidance
• PKC Play Sufficiency Assessment
• PKC Big Place Conversation
• PKC Big Place Conservation Results
• Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation data

Page 133

Summary of Evidence:
National / Local Policy Context
The Scottish Government has outlined ambitions for sport and physical
activity in the Active Scotland Outcomes Framework and these are: 
• We encourage and enable the inactive to be more active 
• We encourage and enable the active to stay active throughout life 
• We develop physical confidence and competence from the earliest
age 
• We improve active infrastructure – people and places 
• We support wellbeing and resilience in communities through physical
activity and sport 
• We improve opportunities to participate, progress and achieve in
sport
These link to a number of the national outcomes that the Government is
seeking to achieve, most relevant to sport is that ‘We are healthy and
active’.  
SportScotland is the national agency for sport, with the vision of an active
Scotland where everyone benefits from sport. SportScotland has provided
an Evidence Report guidance note to local authorities which notes that: 
“The availability of a network of places, of the right quality and capacity to
meet the needs of sport, is crucial to deliver these outcomes. Spatial policy
should, therefore, consider the needs of sport and physical activity, and
the evidence report should consider what the needs of the local
community is in relation to this.”
The guidance note highlights that the Evidence Report should consider the
following two key areas, both of which are considered in the Topic Paper
below:
• ‘Understanding need’
• ‘Sport in your council area’
The Scottish Government published a Play Strategy for Scotland (2013)
with the overall vision that “We want Scotland to be the best place to grow
up. A nation which values play as a life-enhancing daily experience for all
our children and young people; in their homes, nurseries, schools and
communities.” The Strategy includes a number of outcomes, with
associated actions, to support play opportunities for children and young
people including in their communities. A progress review of the Play
Strategy was undertaken in 2019, which includes a range of
recommendations including actions for closer links to land use planning
e.g. through Play Sufficiency Assessment process. 
The Scottish Government also recently published ‘Physical Activity for
Health: Scotland’s National Framework’ to set out a coordinated and
evidence-led approach towards improving levels of physical activity in
Scotland. Key Strategic Delivery Outcomes of the Framework include:
• Active Travel Framework
• Active Places and Spaces
• Active Sport and Recreation

Page 134

Under each of the Delivery Outcomes there are a number of evidence
based actions that are relevant for the next Plan, including:
• Continue to prioritise investment in walking, wheeling and cycling
infrastructure
• Engage communities in urban and rural transport planning
processes
• Integrate urban design, transport planning and land-use policies
• Strengthen access to good quality indoor and outdoor public park
and open spaces, green (including blue) spaces and infrastructure
• Strengthen access to places, spaces and services that enable
equitable and inclusive access and reduce inequalities
At the local level, the Topic Paper links to the following priority from the
Perth and Kinross Council Corporate Plan (2022-2027):
• Supporting and promoting physical and mental wellbeing
There is a particular need for the Spatial Strategy of the next LDP to take in
to account the following key action contained in the Corporate Plan linked
directly to the policy topic of play, recreation and sport:
• Improve health and wellbeing in Perth and Kinross by increasing
overall participation in sport and physical activity and promoting the
wellbeing benefits of time spent in our natural surroundings

Page 135

Summary of Evidence
The following section sets out the evidence which is needed so that the
Proposed Plan can address the issues raised in the Act and NPF4.
Existing Facilities
SportScotland Facilities Report (2024)
To support the Evidence Report process, SportScotland have prepared a
Facilities Report spatial dataset covering a wide range of facilities within
the Perth and Kinross area. A SportScotland Facilities Report 2024
interactive map has been prepared, including the following facilities:
• Sports Halls
• Fitness Suites
• Squash Courts
• Swimming Pools
• Ice Rinks
• Athletics Tracks
• Golf Courses
• Bowling Greens
• Tennis Courts (indoor and outdoor)
• Pitches (outdoor, various sports)
This information provides an overview of the existing facilities available
within the Perth and Kinross area. This is informed and supplemented by
local data and information on existing sport and recreational facilities. Live
Active Leisure are the main operator of public sport and recreational
facilities in PKC.
The following sections provide a summary of play, recreational and
sporting facilities available in Perth and Kinross:
Play Areas
There are over 145 Council maintained play areas and there is a map to show the
location of existing play areas. Play area improvements are also programmed
for Council maintained sites.
Leisure Centres and Swimming Pools
There are a number of leisure centres and swimming pools across Perth and
Kinross, with public leisure provision served by Live Active Leisure. The table
below includes the Live Active Leisure centres and swimming pools in Perth and
Kinross:
Leisure Centres and Swimming Pools in Perth and Kinross
Leisure Centre Facilities
Perth City
Perth Leisure Centre 25m swimming pool, leisure pool with flumes, fitness
gym, health suite, beauty spa, power plates studio
*Note: Council decision on leisure assets in Perth *
Bell’s Sports Centre Following Council decision on leisure assets in Perth, gym
equipment and fitness studios from Bell’s Sport Centre
have been re-located to Dewars Centre, while other
leisure services are being moved across the Perth
education estate. Further information is available on the
Live Active website.

Page 136

Public consultation on the future of Bell’s Sport Centre,
awaiting confirmation of future use/re-use of facility
Dewars Centre Curling, ice skating, fitness gym and classes
North Inch Community
Campus
Large sports hall, fitness gym, outdoor pitches and dance
studio
Glenearn Community
Campus
Large sports hall, outdoor pitches and dance studio
Kinross-shire
Live Active Loch Leven,
Kinross
25m swimming pool, fitness gym and glass backed squash
courts
Loch Leven Community
Campus, Kinross
Large sports hall, fitness gym, dance studio, outdoor
pitches and climbing wall
Strathearn
Strathearn Community
Campus
20m swimming pool, fitness gym, glass backed squash
courts and dance studio
Highland Perthshire
Breadalbane Community
Campus
Swimming pool, pool-side sauna and jacuzzi, fitness gym,
large sports hall, dance studio, outdoor pitches, climbing
wall and squash courts
Live Active Atholl Fitness gym and sports hall 
*Note Council committee decision to create Pitlochry
Community Campus at the school site including new
leisure facilities. This investment will result in the
repurposing of the existing Live Active Atholl building into
affordable housing*
Eastern Perthshire
Blairgowrie Community
Campus
Sports hall, dance studio and outdoor pitches
Live Active Blairgowrie Swimming pool, fitness gym and large sports hall 
*New Blairgowrie Recreational Facility is due to open in
2025* 
Outdoor Sports Pitches & Athletics Tracks
The Council has a map showing the location of existing outdoor sports
pitches.
The Council’s Policy on Provision for Outdoor Sports (2017) sets out a
policy aiming to ensure the effective and efficient management of Council
facilities for outdoor pitch sports for present and future needs. The policy
covers all sports using pitches provided by the Council, with football being
the most popular. The policy – at that time – notes that for all sports, there
are adequate pitches to meet current demand, although quality is variable
and new or improved changing facilities are required in many locations.
The section below regarding the P&K Physical Activity & Sport Strategy
notes that feedback received during consultation is used to highlight
demand pressure in certain areas in terms of sport facilities. The policy also
notes the role for developer contributions to secure new facilities or
contributions for facilities from major housing developments.
There are 9 athletics tracks available at educational facilities across Perth
and Kinross: 4 in Perth, and one each in Blairgowrie, Aberfeldy, Kinross,
Pitlochry, and Crieff.
Bowling Greens & Tennis Courts (outdoor)

Page 137

There are a large number of bowling greens and outdoor tennis courts
available across Perth and Kinross, with many settlements served by these
facilities.
Parks, Countryside sites and Maintained Open Space
There is a wide range of parks and countryside sites available in Perth and
Kinross, with most settlements being served by at least one park, play area
and/or other green space near them. There are major parks that offer a
range of attractions for all ages, attracting visitors from near and far due to
their facilities and locations. Countryside sites are more natural spaces,
offering a different experience as these are particularly good places to
walk, enjoy views and watch for wildlife.. The Council maintains a large
number of open space areas. The major parks and countryside sites are
listed below:
Major Parks
• MacRosty Park, Crieff
• North Inch, Perth
• South Inch, Perth
• Kirkgate Park, Kinross
• Larghan Park, Coupar Angus
• Victoria Park, Aberfeldy
• Davie Park, Rattray/Blairgowrie
• Perth Riverside Park
• Scone Park
• Auchterarder Western Road/Primrose Park
• Pitlochry Recreation Ground
• Alyth Diamond Jubilee Park
Countryside sites
• Birks of Aberfeldy
• Kinnoull Hill Woodland Park, Perth
• St Magdalene’s Hill and Buckie Braes, Perth
• Den o’ Alyth
Skate parks
The Council also has a map of the locations of the 10 existing skate park
facilities across the area.
Golf Courses
There are over 30 golf course and practice range facilities in Perth and
Kinross, some of which are internationally renowned including Gleneagles
Golf Course. North Inch Golf Course is also regarded as one of the oldest
courses in the world.
Community Facilities including Sports Hubs
SportScotland has information for community sport hub facilities across
Scotland. In the Perth and Kinross area, the following community sports
hubs are included:
• Kinross-shire Community Sports Hub
• Auchterarder Community Sports and Recreation

Page 138

• Crieff and Comrie Community Sports Hub
• Bridge of Earn Community Sports Hub
• SMASH (St Madoes Active Sports Hub)
• River Tay Community Sports Hub
• Perth High Community Sports Hub
• Perth College Community Sports Hub
• Sport for Change Network – Perth City
• Eastern Perthshire Community Sports Partnership
• Spittalfield and District Active Recreation
• Dunkeld and Birnam Sport Hub
• Aberfeldy Community Sport Hub
• Active Blair Atholl
Community halls and facilities also provide an invaluable space for local
communities for sport and recreation opportunities. These can be
owned/operated by the Council or local community groups. Live Active
Leisure currently operates 3 halls in Perth, as well as halls in Coupar Angus,
Blackford, Auchterarder, Dunning and Pitlochry. There are also community-
run village halls elsewhere across PKC. Emerging proposals for community
facilities will also form part of the evidence base, including where these are
identified in community-led plans such as Local Place Plans.
Path infrastructure
The Council supports the use of a wide range of paths and trails for
outdoor recreation including walking. The webpage has a resource of paths
and trails for each locality, including Core Paths. As well as local trails the
Council area includes a number of Scotland’s Great Trails including the
Cateran Trail and Rob Roy Way. The area also includes popular hill-walking
routes in the upland areas such as Ben Lawers, Ben Vorlich, and
Schiehallion, as well as forest walks (e.g. Hermitage, Tay Forest National
Park) and loch-side trails (Loch Leven Trail).
Water based recreation
For water based recreational interests, the Council has a Water Safety
Policy in place including for Council owned/maintained sites. Perth and
Kinross is popular for a range of water based recreational activities across
many sites including for wild swimming, kayaking/canoeing, stand up
paddleboarding, canyoning, fishing, and boating/sailing. Popular locations
for water-based recreation where a variety of organisations and activities
can be found include, Loch Tay, Loch Earn, and along the River Tay.
Informal play and recreation
As detailed in the ‘understanding need’ section, qualitative and spatial
data has been gathered through community engagement exercises which
identifies existing locations of informal play and recreation. These sites are
being reviewed as part of the ongoing Open Space Audit and will form part
of the evidence base to be used to inform the Spatial Strategy, which is
particularly advocated for in the LDP Regs Guidance (p.112). 
Public open space identified through the ongoing Open Space Audit has
been used to provide statements on informal play and recreation areas. So
far, the audit has identified 1,360ha of open space within or adject to

Page 139

settlements, of which 704ha are considered publicly accessible open space.
These spaces have been mapped in the (DRAFT)Play Sufficiency
Assessment Storymap. 
PKC Policy - Asset Management
Perth and Kinross Council Transformation Review of Leisure Assets (2024)
In January 2024, a Committee Report and associated Appendix (key issues
per locality) was presented to Full Council to consider the findings and
recommendations of the Transformation Review of Leisure Assets. The
Committee Report summarises review findings and made 10
recommendations to maintain accessible, affordable and sustainable
leisure provision for our communities over the next 5-10 years. The
Appendix, in particular, includes a breakdown of leisure assets at the
locality/settlement level as well as consideration of issues such as demand
and accessibility. A minute of the Committee meeting outlines the Full
Council’s decisions in relation to the Transformation Review of Leisure
Assets which sets out the approach for the next 5-10 years. 
Perth City 
Following the Committee decision in January 2024, a report on the future
of Bell’s Sport Centre (and implications on the provision of services at
Dewars) was approved by Council Committee in May 2024. Further to this
report, in September 2024 the Council approved plans for consolidation of
leisure facilities in Perth City, including:
• The demolition of the existing Leisure Centre and replacement with
a new facility (PH2O) at the Thimblerow site
• Programme of public consultation on the future use of the existing
Bells Sport Centre Facility , and
• Potential for user-led operation of Dewars ice-rink facility, following
completion of PH2O project
Pitlochry
In June 2024, the Council approved the Pitlochry Asset Review. This
includes the provision of a Community Campus facility at the existing
school site, including new leisure facilities, and the repurposing of the
existing Live Active Atholl facility into affordable housing. 
Perth and Kinross Green Asset Management Plan (2017-2022)
The Perth and Kinross Community Green Asset Management Plan (2017-
2022) sets out the investment and services being provided by the Council
in relation to community greenspaces. The Plan highlights the current
greenspace assets, key drivers and demands, as well as an asset
investment strategy highlighting where there may be risks for
investment/delivery.
PKC Policy – Enhancing Opportunities for Play, Recreation and Sport 
Perth and Kinross Physical Activity & Sport Strategy (2023-2028)
The Council published the Perth and Kinross Physical Activity and Sport
Strategy (2023-2028) in 2023. 
The Strategy’s over-arching vision for the future of physical activity and
sport in Perth and Kinross is: “We will support everyone’s physical and
mental wellbeing through physical activity and sport”. The Strategy
recognises the important role that physical activity and sport have in
creating places where people can live healthy, fulfilling, and productive

Page 140

lives, linked to the Council’s Corporate Plan objectives around living well,
free from poverty and inequality. 
The Strategy is intended to help partners and stakeholders with their own
planning and delivery, services, and opportunities through a clearly defined
set of strategic priorities, and a robust measurable action plan.
The Strategy includes a section ‘Our Story of Place’ which sets out the
place-based context for physical activity and sport in Perth and Kinross. A
summary of the context of physical activity and sport is set out below:
“It is one of the most diverse parts of the country, with the ancient City of
Perth and 6 large towns. The geography ranges from vast Highland
landscapes of mountains, glens, lochs and rivers; the glacial plains of the
Carse of Gowrie, Strathearn and Strathmore and the Lowlands of Kinross-
shire. The Tay connects all these localities along with the Earn, the Almond
and other riverways. The natural landscape is itself a huge asset for
physical activity and sport in many forms. Our sports facilities: swimming
pools, gyms, indoor and outdoor courts, sports pitches, Community
Campuses and schools are used for more structured forms of physical
activity and sport, delivered by many partners. All of these combine to
provide an outstanding setting for sport and physical activity of all kinds,
for everyone.”
Stories of Place are also included for each of the Perth and Kinross
localities, providing a place-based context for the provision of facilities and
opportunities for physical activity and sport in these areas.
The Strategy also includes baseline data (p.23-25) to support the
development of strategic priorities. Notable statistics include:
• 48% of children currently meeting recommended levels of physical
activity
• 60% of children between the ages of 8-11yrs currently meeting
recommended levels of physical activity
• 43% of children between the ages of 12-17yrs currently meeting
recommended levels of physical activity
• Numbers of young people reaching the recommended level of
physical activity are lower for those from the most deprived areas of
Perth and Kinross. Numbers are higher for males when compared to
females, 52% compared to 42%.
• 42% of adults (female) and 51% (male) were meeting the
recommended amount of physical activity (Scottish Health Survey
2020).
• A third of clubs who responded to the survey said that the facilities
they use don’t meet their needs.
• 84% of population within a 20-minute drive of a leisure centre
• 66% of population within a 20-minute drive of a swimming pool
• 100% of population within a 20-minute drive of a sports pitch
• 100% of population within a 20-minute drive of a community hall
A SWOT analysis has also been completed using stakeholder feedback to
identify the strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats for physical
activity and sport provision in Perth and Kinross, with a detailed
breakdown of the SWOT analysis undertaken at a settlement level. The
SWOT analysis is summarised below in the table below.

Page 141

Strengths
• Facility provision and spread across Perth and Kinross
• Outdoor parks and natural resources for sport and physical activity
• Partnerships working across different agencies
• Range of sports, activities and programmes
• Number of clubs and volunteers
• Active schools and community sports hubs
• Significant sources of external funding focussed on inequalities
• Motivated stakeholders and communities
• Some concessionary access schemes e.g. compass membership
• Social Prescribing
• Community youth work organisation
Weaknesses
• Facilities ageing and in need of maintenance and upgrade
• Recruitment and retention of staff, volunteers, coaches etc.
• Limited access to campus facilities
• Fragmented and bureaucratic booking systems
• Stakeholders working in silos
• Rural provision and inequality
• Use of technology and data
• Lack of awareness of opportunities and provision
• Rural transport infrastructure
• Lack of facility capacity in some areas and at some times e.g. 3G pitches
• Lack of monitoring and evaluation evidence of impact of sport and physical
activity on individuals, families and communities
• Social Prescribing structure is fragmented
Opportunities
• Opportunity to improve collaboration across partners 
• New investment in facilities i.e. Blairgowrie, PH20
• Greater collaboration and coordination between stakeholders
• Improve targeting and prioritisation of resources where inequalities are
greatest
• Greater involvement of communities in accessing facilities
• Community asset transfer
• better use of technology and data
• Need to focus on developing people based resources and capacity
• Better utilisation to be made of existing physical activity and sporting assets
• Invest in early intervention and prevention
• Extend Social Prescribing model to young people
• Opportunity to streamline management and booking arrangements for
facilities
Threats
• Financial pressures in the public sector
• Cost of living crisis and affordability of sport and physical activity, transport,
equipment, clothing etc.
• Lack of people - staff, volunteers and coaches in clubs and communities
• Competition for access to facilities
• Cost of facilities and activities become too high
• Inflationary costs impact on viability of facilities
• Ageing population
• targeted wellbeing programmes are conditional upon temporary funding
sources
• Absence of shared vision for SPA
• Environmental sustainability 
Various ‘barriers to participation’ are also included in the Strategy to
inform the Action Plan, including:
• Facilities
• Confidence in participation

Page 142

• Cost
• Disability/condition
• Capacity
• Transport
• Awareness
In order to support and help deliver on the Strategy’s vision, the following
priorities are identified:
• We will improve everyone in P&K’s health through increased
participation in physical activity.
• We will increase the levels of activity for children and young people,
particularly those who currently don’t meet the recommended
levels of participation.
• We will reduce the inequalities which prevent people participating.
• We will make physical activity central to our Climate Change
response.
• We will support our community-led physical activity and sport to
grow and flourish and strengthen collaboration between all
partners.
• We will make physical activity and sport part of Placemaking so our
public spaces are activity-friendly, inclusive and fun.
The Action Plan is underpinned by 5 Strategic Enablers: building blocks to
support the delivery of the Strategy’s priorities.
Feedback received during consultation on the Strategy highlighted demand
pressure in some areas, including:
• Not enough pitch provision to meet demand in Perth for football
(grass and 5-a side)
• Rugby pitch provision at North Inch insufficient to meet needs of
those in Perth.
• Communities in Auchterarder and Kinross highlighting investment
and provision in play/sports facilities no longer met need as a result
of significant house building in towns with no equivalent investment
in play and sport 
Play Framework for Perth and Kinross (2019-2022)
The Play Framework for Perth and Kinross (2019-2022) sets out the
Council’s commitment to delivering high quality play opportunities for
children and young people. Actions of particular relevance include:
• further enhance accessible and inclusive, fun, exciting and
challenging spaces for play which support children’s natural instinct
to play
• develop and promote the of use community resources and spaces
creatively to increase opportunities for play, e.g. streets and natural
spaces
• promote and enable play in communities appropriate to children
and young people’s ages, stages, preferences, and individual need

Page 143

Open Space Provision for New Developments Supplementary Guidance
(2021). This current guidance accompanies LDP2 Policy 14: Open Space
Retention and Provision, providing:
• The quantity, accessibility and design standards for open space
(including play) in new developments
• Information as to the types of open space required for different
scales of development
• Conditions for on-site and off-site developer contribution
requirements
• The mechanisms for the maintenance of open space.
The guidance seeks to ensure there is appropriate mitigation for the
impact new development has on existing open spaces and determine
whether or not new public open space will be required to support the
development (see Determining the Required Provision table).
Furthermore, the document provides guidance on landscaping and the
design of development. It encourages well-connected, high quality open
spaces which are designed with long-term maintenance implications in
mind. 
Understanding need
SportScotland Facilities Planning Modelling
SportScotland have prepared a report of the Facilities Planning Modelling
for the PKC area. This provides an objective assessment of the relationship
between the likely demand for sports facilities in an area and their supply,
using a nationally-consistent methodology. It is important to note that this
is modelled using national trends and therefore does not represent actual
usage of assets. The Facilities Planning Modelling is supplemented by
detailed monitoring of leisure facilities by relevant officers in the Council
and Live Active Leisure. As noted above, a recent Transformation Review of
Leisure Assets has been undertaken by the Council which is guiding
investment decisions made for leisure facilities across PKC.

Page 144

Play Sufficiency Assessment
As required by Section 16D(1) of the Act1, the Council is required to
prepare a Play Sufficiency Assessment to be prepared for the Evidence
Report. Guided by the relevant Regulations and associated Guidance, the
Council has prepared a PSA Storymap providing background, key findings,
methodology, results, maps and next steps.  The PSA has involved:
• Site Identification
• Site Assessments
• Accessibility Analysis, and
• Community Engagement
Through the PSA, an assessment has been made of the quality, quantity
and accessibility of formal/adopted play spaces in the PKC area.
Statements on these criteria are provided for the planning authority area,
and individual settlement level, to identify the sufficiency of the play
provision. Key findings are provided below and the outputs are discussed
in detail in the PSA Storymap. 
The PSA included the 145 equipped play areas adopted and managed by
PKC, this includes:
• 54 Local Equipped Areas for Play
• 53 Rural Equipped Areas for Play 
1 The Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997, as amended by the Planning
(Scotland) Act 2019
• 29 Neighbourhood Equipped Areas for Play
• 9 Premier Equipped Areas for Play
Site surveys were conducted to assess the quality of these sites and found:
• 21% were high quality
• 32% were good quality
• 37% were reasonable quality
• 10% were poor quality
The graph below shows the quality scores by typology.

Page 145

Accessibility was assessed against two existing standards, the analysis
found:
• 39% of dwellings are within the 400m LEAP catchment
• 71% of dwelling are within the 1000m catchment for NEAPs, REAPs,
or PEAPs.
The ongoing open space audit has identified 704ha of public open space,
where community feedback tells us that informal play primarily occurs.
The audit expected to be completed in 2025 and will include statements
on quality and accessibility.
As noted above, an assessment of the sufficiency of play opportunities in
PKC has been informed by engagement with a range of specific groups:
• A ‘Playing Out in Perth and Kinross’ online survey was targeted at
children and young people, parents, carers and guardians. The
survey sought feedback on formal and informal play spaces and was
open from July to October last year (2023). There were over 300
individual responses to the survey.
• Alongside the ‘Playing Out’ survey, the team undertook a significant
programme of community engagement throughout 2023 called the
‘Big Place Conversation’. Full details of this engagement are noted
below. 
The PSA provides evidence on the sites for play and recreational
opportunities as well as an understanding – from users – of the needs and
demands in communities.
Big Place Conversation – Early LDP3 Engagement
Throughout 2023, the Council carried out an extensive engagement
programme called the ‘Big Place Conversation’ across Perth and Kinross
communities.  This was an engagement exercise involving over 100 events
throughout the Council Area to gather place-based evidence from
communities to inform the next LDP.  The events ranged from drop-in
information sessions, meetings, and online surveys to workshops and
online sessions using the Place Standard Tool to capture the views of local

Page 146

communities about different aspects of their places. There were also
targeted sessions held with schools/youth groups, service user groups, and
minority groups.
The results of the Big Place Conversation have been collated and summary
reports are available at community council, ward, and PKC-wide levels.
Key PKC-wide issues highlighted by communities under the ‘Play and
Recreation’ theme include:
Positives (+)
• Outdoor spaces are widely used for play, recreation and sport, with
most residents enjoying having good access to paths, parks, and
other natural areas
• A diverse range of formal and informal outdoor opportunities is
available, including walking, cycling, play, and various sport or other
organised activities
• The area benefits from excellent facilities, including playparks,
swimming pools, skateparks, MUGAs (multi-use games areas), 3G
football pitches, and golf courses.
• Larger settlements feature high-quality premier play areas offering
a range of exciting and challenging activities for children and young
people
• Indoor community facilities, such as leisure centres, village halls,
and churches, are well-utilised for recreation, play and sport
• A good variety of clubs, events, and organised activities are
available for all age groups, with children and older adults provided
with the most opportunities
• Local volunteer groups play a key role in supporting play, recreation,
and sporting opportunities
• Activities organised by youth groups and schools are highly valued
by young people
• Most residents have good access to formal play provision
Areas for improvement (-)
• Insufficient provision of spaces and activities for older children and
young people (12+)
• Existing play areas lack a variety of exciting and challenging
equipment for older children and young people (12+)
• Limited facilities for children and young people in inclement
weather
• Children have significant concerns about anti-social behaviour in
play areas and parks
• Inadequate play and sporting opportunities for girls, with some
options perceived as gender-exclusive
• Insufficient facilities and activities for people with disabilities
• Very limited facilities and organised activities in rural communities,
often requiring travel by car to access formal opportunities

Page 147

• Limited availability of indoor facilities and activities, particularly in
rural areas
• Accessibility is hindered by issues with active travel options and
public transport
• Hiring venues and participating in activities can be cost-prohibitive
• Many facilities are outdated or in poor condition, requiring
maintenance or upgrades
• Loss of informal play and recreation spaces due to No Mow
grassland management
• New play provision through developments is either insufficient or
delayed until later project stages
• It can be difficult to access information on groups, events, and
activities happening
Suggestions for improvement
• Upgrade parks to offer a diverse range of free activities, including
picnic areas, exercise equipment, and informal gaming (e.g. chess
tables)
• Create more challenging and varied play opportunities for all groups
and users
• Increase variety of outdoor facilities, such as skate parks, pump
tracks, bridle trails, and mountain bike trails
• Provide better segregation of play areas and parks for children and
young people
• Develop more free activities and dedicated spaces for young people
• Enhance the active travel network to improve access to facilities
and provide more opportunities for recreational walking and
wheeling (i.e. cycling, skating, scootering)
• Improve public transport links to key facilities
• Improve accessibility and make better use of existing indoor venues
e.g. village halls, churches, and schools
• Develop more adaptable, multi-use facilities for play, recreation,
and sport, including both indoor and outdoor spaces (e.g. MUGA or
leisure centres)
• Improve the maintenance of facilities and secure funding for
upgrades
• Create a central online platform for sharing information about
groups, activities and events
The Big Place Conversation (BPC) included nearly 400 children and young
people participants across 28 events with primary and secondary schools,
and youth groups. ‘Play and Recreation’ was a key focus during the
children and young people engagement sessions, including identifying
locations important for the under-18 age group.
The diagram below presents the quantitative outputs of the engagement
with this demographic, showing that access to good quality play and
recreation opportunities ranked 5th out of the top priorities, indicating
perceived room for improvement based on current provision.

Page 148

Key issues highlighted by children and young people in relation to ‘Play and
Recreation’ across PKC include:
• Lots of examples of being connected to nature with good walks and
informal play opportunities
• Young children generally have good access to range of play
opportunities
• Older children and young people commonly highlighted lack of
things to do, with improvements needed for both existing
facilities/parks, new facilities and free access to spaces
• Improve naturalness and biodiversity of open spaces
• Lack of places for older children and young people to socialise with
suggested improvements for shelters/seating in parks and more
places to go
• Lack of places to go in poor weather
• For rural areas, need to travel to bigger settlements was highlighted
which can limit access particularly where public transport is
limited/non-existent
• Youth groups highlighted as positive
• Improvements to leisure opportunities highlighted
Perth and Kinross Open Space Audit and Strategy
An Open Space Strategy is currently being prepared in fulfilment of duties
set out in The Planning (Scotland) Act 2019. To inform the preparation of
the strategy, an Open Space Audit has been undertaken by the planning
department and the results are currently being reviewed by the Council's
Community Greenspace team.
The Open Space Audit includes an assessment of the quantity, quality, and
accessibility of publicly accessible open spaces in the planning authority
area. Statements will also be provided on a settlement level to identify
areas of insufficient provision of good quality open spaces for the Spatial
Strategy. Furthermore, the audit will be used to review LDP2 Open Space
Designations, which are the main mechanism for safeguarding open spaces
from development.
The Open Space Audit has included:
• Aggregation of existing greenspace spatial datasets including: LDP2
Designated Open Space, Maintained Open Space, Countryside Sites,
and OS Greenspaces
• Site visits and quality surveying

Page 149

• Desk-based analysis
To date, the audit has identified 1,360ha of open space within or adjacent
to settlements, of which 704ha are considered publicly accessible open
space. These spaces have been mapped in the (DRAFT)Play Sufficiency
Assessment.
This data was benchmarked against two open space quantity standards
outlined in the Open Space Provision for New Developments
Supplementary Guidance (2021). Overall, Perth and Kinross exceeds both
standards, as shown below:
Quantity Standard 1: 80m² of open space per dwelling. With 70,120
residential properties, the provision equates to 100m² per dwelling.
Quantity Standard 2: 3.5ha of open space per 1,000 people. Based on an
estimated population of 150,800, the provision is 4.67ha per 1,000 people.
As the Open Space Audit is still ongoing, only quantity figures have been
provided at this time. This audit is expected to be completed in early 2025,
after which quality and accessibility statements will be provided.
Health Inequalities
The LDP Guidance notes that “plans should prioritise actions in
disadvantaged communities to ensure the sufficiency of provision of
publicly accessible, high quality outdoor play opportunities for formal and
informal play. This will help to tackle inequality in access to play and
improve health and wellbeing outcomes for children in those areas.”
Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation data provides data-zone level
information across a range of indicators including:
• Income and employment
• Health
• Education/skills
• Housing
• Geographic accessibility
• Crime
Data-zones are ranked based on the multiple scores across the indicators.
In the Perth and Kinross area there is significant disparity between most
and least deprived areas. For example, there are areas identified within the
most deprived 10% including in Perth and Blairgowrie/Rattray.

Page 150

Summary of Implications for the Proposed Plan:
The initial implications of the evidence for the Proposed Plan which have
been identified in this chapter are discussed in detail in this section. In
summary, the main implications are:
• Addressing play provision in low density settlements (<50
dwellings).
• Increasing playground provision for children aged 4-8. Currently
only 39% of dwellings in settlements meet the 400m accessibility
standard for this age group.
• Prioritisation of new play, recreation and sport opportunities for
the demographics reported to have the lowest levels of activity:
females, young people aged 12-17, and those living in the most
deprived areas.
• Target development of new facilities in rural hubs in areas
experiencing or expecting significant growth (e.g. Auchterarder and
Kinross)
• Address demand pressures for new football and rugby pitch
provision in Perth.
• Facilitate development of sports halls: Only 42% of the population
can walk to a sports hall within 20-minutes. 60% of which are living
in the 10% most deprived areas. Average build date of sports halls
is 1980 - the national average is 1990. 
• Facilitate development of sports pitches: Only 35% of the
population is within a 20-minute walk of a pitch. 50% of which are
from the 10% most deprived areas.
• Improve multi-functionality of open spaces through the provision of
new opportunities to address current and future requirements. 
Information on existing assets/facilities
Information on existing assets/facilities will form part of the evidence used
to consider where there are existing opportunities for play, recreation and
sport. This provides a baseline information which will be used to inform the
Spatial Strategy and policy framework development. In particular this
information will be used to protect existing assets/facilities (including
through land use designations) and identify opportunities for
enhancement/improvement including the delivery of new opportunities
which can provide multiple benefits as blue/green infrastructure. 
The future use and provision of assets and facilities will be guided by the
Council’s Transformation Review of Leisure Assets (2024) and associated
Committee Reports. SportScotland Facilities Planning Modelling also
supplements data at the local level, using national trends/patterns to
model how leisure facilities may be used in the future. 
Local and National plans & strategies 
To support the development of the spatial strategy and policy framework,
future provision of, and opportunities for, play, recreation and sport, will be
informed by the following national plans, policies and strategies:
• Active Scotland Outcomes Framework (2018)
• Play Strategy for Scotland (2013) and Progress Review (2018)
• Physical Activity for Health: Scotland’s National Framework (2024)

Page 151

In terms of opportunities for play, recreation and sport, the spatial strategy
and policy framework development will be informed by the following local
plans, policies and strategies:
• PKC Corporate Plan (2022-2027)
• PKC Play Area Improvement Programme (ongoing)
• PKC Policy on Provision for Outdoor Sports (2017)
• PKC Transformation Review & Leisure Assets (2024) & associated
Committee Reports
• PKC Green Asset Management Plan (2017-2022)
• PKC Physical Activity & Sport Strategy (2023-2028)
• PKC Play Framework for Perth and Kinross (2019-2022) 
The LDP will continue to support local and national legislation and policy
objectives to safeguard access to play, recreation and sport opportunities.
Furthermore, it will look to increase opportunities for physical activity in
demographics reported to have the lowest level in Perth and Kinross, these
are: females, young people aged 12-17, and people living in the most
deprived areas. 
Play Sufficiency Assessment and Open Space Strategy 
The Play Sufficiency Assessment and Open Space Strategy will be used to
inform the Spatial Strategy and policy framework development, in
particular with a focus on protecting existing assets/facilities (including
land use designations) and identify opportunities for
enhancement/improvement including the delivery of new opportunities
which can provide multiple benefits as blue/green infrastructure. The
spatial strategy will consider the multi-faceted nature of blue/green
infrastructure and what opportunities there are for play, recreation and
sport within this context.
The PSA identified 52 designated settlements with no formal equipped
areas for play adopted by PKC, however it is important to note these areas
may be serviced by privately managed playgrounds. Settlements with <50
dwellings are currently not included in PKC's Playground Strategy due to
low density. This is being reviewed as part of the Playground Strategy
update being undertaken by PKC's Community Greenspace Service. Since
the last Playground Strategy update, 12 of the settlements with no PKC
adopted play now have more than 50 dwellings. 
The Open Space Audit has included an assessment of the various functions
provided from open spaces, including play, recreation and sport. This will
be used to identify sites where multi-functionality could be improved to
offer a wider range of opportunities that address current and future
requirements.
Local Living and 20-minute Neighbourhoods
Accessibility analysis conducted for both the PSA and OSS will inform the
wider local-living and 20-minute neighbourhood analysis. Accessibility is
assessed against existing standards referenced in this chapter. Catchment
zones will provide an evidence-base for site-specific developer
requirements, defining whether on-site or off-site contributions are
required. 
Playground catchment zones mapped in the PSA will be used to identify
locations with insufficient provision of play opportunities for 4-8 (400m)
and 8-14 (1000m) age groups. At a minimum, the OSS will map catchment
zones for public parks (700m), playing fields (1200m), and paths/green
corridors (500m). Please note, accessibility standards are subject to review
during the OSS development and thresholds may change. 
As a predominantly rural area, it is recognised that in lower density
settlements it may not be feasible to develop new facilities. Perth and
Kinross’ approach to Local Living will include a focus on rural hubs that

Page 152

provide facilities to service smaller rural settlements. Areas where
significant growth has occurred or is expected will include an assessment of
sports and leisure needs and demands. 
Big Place Conversation 
The Big Place Conversation results include detailed place-based comments
on existing opportunities for play, recreation and sport in communities, as
well as suggestions for improvements. This place-based evidence will be
used to inform the spatial strategy and policy framework development in
terms of the adequacy of existing assets/facilities and opportunities for
improvement. This information can also support the development of
community-led plans including Local Place Plans and Community Action
Plans. 
Targeting areas of deprivation
SIMD information will be used to inform the Spatial Strategy and policy
framework development, in terms of targeting opportunities for improved
play, recreation and sport in areas of deprivation and disadvantaged
communities. 
Focus on Delivery
LDP3 will have a focus on delivery through site-specific developer
requirements for on-site and off-site contributions. For large-scale
developments, these requirements will be further detailed through site
masterplanning processes to ensure open space and play requirements and
design standards are met. 
As well as delivery through development, opportunities may be realised
through other means such as public sector programmes and infrastructure
investment.
Gaps, Uncertainties or Key Issues Raised:
The provision of opportunities for play, recreation and sport is an evolving
process as demonstrated by the asset review across the Council area. Close
collaboration with relevant partners will be key to ensuring that the next
Plan incorporates the most accurate information and provides an
appropriate spatial strategy and policy framework to promote
opportunities for play, recreation and sport.
SportScotland data
SportScotland Facilities Report (2024) is dependent upon feedback from
key stakeholders and therefore may not be complete/accurate. This
information is used alongside existing local information and datasets,
including evidence presented above under ‘Existing Assets’. 
SportScotland Facilities Planning Modelling (2024) is based on modelling
and not actual usage of facilities, and demand levels are based on national
surveys. To support an accurate as possible evidence base on facilities
modelling, local data held by PKC and Live Active Leisure (as operators) is
used to determine existing and modelled usage. 
PSA limitations
The PSA does not include privately managed equipped play areas. These
will be identified, assessed, and included in the PSA outputs to help
address the gaps in provision and accessibility.
The current Playground Strategy considers the 4-8 and 8-14 age groups.
This has resulted in a data gap regarding provision of activities for children
and young people out with this range. The Strategy recognises there will
be children on either side of the 4-14 target age range that will use the
equipment, but that younger children require more supervised facilities,
such as nurseries, and older children seek other forms of play such as
sporting, cycling and skating opportunities. The PSA only includes equipped
playgrounds.

Page 153

Additionally, it is important to note the Playground Strategy excludes
settlements of less than 50 houses as the density is too low to justify
provision. This is being reviewed as part of this PSA and forthcoming
Playground Strategy Update.
Summary of Stakeholder Engagement:
Engagement took place with relevant internal teams and SportScotland in
preparing the Evidence Report. The views of the following stakeholders
were also sought:
• A Place in Childhood
• Play Scotland

Page 154

Statements of Agreement/ Dispute 
Eight responses were received on our Play, Recreation and Sport Topic Paper.  Most respondents (6 out of 8) either agreed with or had no comment to make
on the evidence identified through Topic Paper 022, and the summary of the implications of that evidence for the Proposed Plan provided by the Council.  A
number offered examples of additional sources of information which they felt should be considered.   A summary of these comments, their status, and the
Council’s response are provided in the table below. There was 1 response on the Play, Recreation and Sport issue which the respondents wished to be
treated as a formal dispute to the Evidence Report.  Those responses have been highlighted in red in the table. One respondent disagreed with the sufficiency
of the list of evidence and implications of that evidence for the Proposed Plan. That response is highlighted in orange.
Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Errol Community
Council
Disagree
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications
for Proposed Plan (PP): The Community Council
indicated that they disagreed with the sufficiency of the
list of evidence/datasets identified in Topic Paper 022,
and our summary of implications of that evidence for the
preparation of the Proposed Plan.   
Further Comments: Disagree that evidence is sufficient
noting that the Play Sufficiency Assessment has not been
published, the Open Space Strategy is only being
prepared, and the SportScotland Facilities Planning
Modelling is incomplete. Concern is also raised regarding
the summary of facilities for Eastern Perthshire
(Appendix 3) is representative of the Carse of Gowrie
and Errol Community Council. 
Formal Dispute: Errol Community Council do not wish
for their response to be treated as a formal dispute.
The Play Sufficiency Assessment Storymap
is now publicly available and key findings
have been included in this chapter.
Open Space Strategy. Initial site visits for the
Open Space Audit were concluded in 2024 and
are currently under review. Results are
expected to be published in Q2 of 2025.
Resource constraints are a factor, and the
timeline largely depends on whether further
site visits are needed. The audit outcomes will
inform the development of the Open Space
Strategy, as well as the settlement audits for
the preparation of LDP3 in 2025.

Page 155

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
SportScotland Facilities Planning Modelling
has been published for use by local
authorities. As noted in the chapter, this
forms part of the evidence – alongside
local information sources - to be used to
help forecast potential future facility use.
Appendix 3 of the Topic Paper (022)
presents a high-level summary of the
facilities for Eastern Perthshire included in
the PKC Sport & Physical Activity Strategy.
A comprehensive list of facilities for each
settlement forms part of the Evidence to
be used to inform the next Plan’s Spatial
Strategy, including through the Council’s
Transformation Review of Leisure Assets
(2024).
NatureScot Neither
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications
for Proposed Plan (PP): NatureScot indicated that they
neither agreed nor disagreed with the sufficiency of the
list of evidence/datasets identified in Topic Paper 22, and
our summary of implications of that evidence for the
preparation of the Proposed Plan.   
No further action required.

Page 156

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Further Comments: NatureScot welcomed consideration
of play spaces into blue green infrastructure.
Formal Dispute: NatureScot do not wish for their
response to be treated as a formal dispute.
SportScotland Dispute
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications
for Proposed Plan (PP): SportScotland indicated that
they disagreed with the sufficiency of the list of
evidence/datasets identified in Topic Paper 022, and
neither agreed nor disagreed with our summary of
implications of that evidence for the preparation of the
Proposed Plan.   
Further Comments: 
Sport Facilities Report (2024)
Note that Sport Facilities Report (2024) has been
published on the Improvement Service Spatial Data Hub
and should be referenced in the Evidence. In addition,
the Sport Facilities Report (2024) is dependent upon
feedback from key stakeholders and therefore may not
be complete/accurate. As such, the Evidence Report is
recommended to be updated to reflect the limitations of
the shared dataset as well as to reference other
supplementary sources of information/data.
Understanding Need: SportScotland Facilities Planning
Modelling
SportScotland highlight that the Facilities Planning
Modelling is based on modelling and not actual usage of
facilities, and demand levels are based on national
surveys. Therefore additional local sources of
Comments noted. 
The Evidence Report has been updated
and includes a reference to the data
limitations of both the Facilities Report
(2024) and Facilities Planning Modelling
(2024) in the ‘Gaps & Uncertainties’
section. Reference is also made to local
data held by PKC and Live Active Leisure
which supports the future of leisure assets
in the Council area. This is reflected in the
Council’s Transformation Review of Leisure
Assets (2024).
A SportScotland Facilities Report 2024 map
has been produced and linked to in this
chapter.

Page 157

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
information are recommended to be included and
referenced within the Evidence Report.
Formal Dispute: SportScotland wish for their response to
be treated as a formal dispute.
Montagu Evans LLP
o/b/o Loch
Developments Ltd
Neither
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications
for Proposed Plan (PP): The respondent indicated that
they neither agreed nor disagreed with the sufficiency of
the list of evidence/datasets identified in Topic Paper
022, and our summary of implications of that evidence
for the preparation of the Proposed Plan.   
Further Comments: No further comments to make.
Formal Dispute: The respondent does not wish for their
response to be treated as a formal dispute.
No further action.
Scottish Water Neither
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications
for Proposed Plan (PP): Scottish Water indicated that
they neither agreed nor disagreed with the sufficiency of
the list of evidence/datasets identified in Topic Paper
022, and our summary of implications of that evidence
for the preparation of the Proposed Plan.   
Further Comments: Scottish Water note importance of
including areas that facilitate play, recreation and sport
within PKC catchment areas. Scottish Water supports the
need to incorporate measures that assist managing
climate change as well as promoting delivering of nature
based blue-green infrastructure that facilitate play,
recreation and sport. Scottish Water also support
recognition of PKC Water Safety Policy highlighting
importance of safety around water-based assets.
Comments noted. No further action.

Page 158

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Formal Dispute: Scottish Water do not wish for their
response to be treated as a formal dispute.
Private Individual Neither
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications
for Proposed Plan (PP): The respondent indicated that
they neither agreed nor disagreed with the sufficiency of
the list of evidence/datasets identified in Topic Paper
022, and our summary of implications of that evidence
for the preparation of the Proposed Plan.   
Further Comments: Respondent highlights that
importance of local community led and development
facilities and opportunities is not given sufficient weight.
Formal Dispute: The respondent does not wish for their
response to be treated as a formal dispute.
Comments noted. The section on
‘Community facilities’ has been updated to
highlight the importance of existing
community facilities as well as to recognise
the role for the next LDP, where
appropriate, in supporting emerging
proposals identified through community-
led plans.
Earn Community
Council
Agree
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications
for Proposed Plan (PP): Earn Community Council
indicated that they agreed with the sufficiency of the list
of evidence/datasets identified in Topic Paper 022, and
our summary of implications of that evidence for the
preparation of the Proposed Plan.   
Further Comments: A number of proposed
improvements/suggestions are made to improve play,
recreation and sport opportunities in the local area. The
Community Council also note that the Story Board for
Kinross, Almond & Earn (Appendix 7, p.24) does not
include listing for Forteviot, and Abernethy and Bridge of
Earn are two separate communities.
Formal Dispute: Earn Community Council do not wish for
their response to be treated as a formal dispute.
Suggestions for enhanced play and
recreational opportunities within the
community will be included as part of the
evidence to be used to shape the Spatial
Strategy, alongside the results of the Big
Place Conversation and other engagement
activities.
The Appendix of the Topic Paper (TP022)
presents a high-level summary of the
facilities for Kinross-shire, Almond & Earn
included in the PKC Sport & Physical

Page 159

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Activity Strategy. A comprehensive list of
facilities for each settlement forms part of
the Evidence to be used to inform the next
Plan’s Spatial Strategy including through
the Council’s Transformation Review of
Leisure Assets (2024).
Savills o/b/o
Dupplin Estate
Neither
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications
for Proposed Plan (PP): The respondent indicated that
they neither agreed nor disagreed with the sufficiency of
the list of evidence/datasets identified in Topic Paper
022, and our summary of implications of that evidence
for the preparation of the Proposed Plan.   
Further Comments: Reference is made to Perth
Sustainability Park and the opportunities for play,
recreation and sport that this would provide including
for people with impaired mobility. It is also noted that
the development will add critical mass to the local area
supporting the golf course viability.
Formal Dispute: The respondent does not wish for their
response to be treated as a formal dispute.
Comments noted. The merits of sites,
including benefits of improved play, sport
and recreational opportunities associated
with these, will be assessed further as part
of the development of the Spatial Strategy
of the Proposed Plan.

Page 160

No embedded text on this page.

Page 161

Issue: Flood Risk and Water Management (Including Drainage and
Water Supply Systems)
Corresponding NPF4 policies:
• NPF4 - policy 22 Flood risk and water management
• Other key NPF4 policy connections - 1 Tackling the climate and
nature crises, 2 Climate mitigation and enhancement, Policy 3
Biodiversity, Policy 8 Green belts, Policy 10 Coastal Development
Policy 14 Design, Quality and place, Policy 15 Quality Homes, Policy
18 Infrastructure first, Policy 20 Blue and Green Infrastructure,
Policy 23 Health and Safety, and Policy 26 Business and Industry
Corresponding Perth and Kinross LDP3 Topic Paper:
Topic Paper 023: Flood Risk and Water Management
(https://consult.pkc.gov.uk/communities/topicpapers/supporting_doc
uments/TP0023_Flood_Risk_and_SFRA.pdf)
Information required by the Act and NPF4 regarding the topic:
In line with the requirements of the Act, section 15 (5) this paper will have
regard to:
• principal environmental characteristics of the district
and Regulations 9, require Local Authorities to have regard to:
• any river basin management plan;
• any flood risk management plan; and
• any local flood risk management plan;
• any other flood risk management projects that support or align with the
above noted bullets
Additionally, under NPF4 Policy 22, NPF4 expects Local Development Plans
to:
• strengthen community resilience to the current and future impacts of
climate change, by avoiding development in areas at flood risk as a first
principle. Resilience should also be supported by managing the need to 
bring previously used sites in built up areas into positive use; planning for
adaptation measures; and identifying opportunities to implement
improvements to the water environment through natural flood risk
management and blue green infrastructure
• take into account the probability of flooding from all sources and make
use of relevant flood risk and river basin management plans for the area. A
precautionary approach should be taken, regarding the calculated
probability of flooding as a best estimate, not a precise forecast. For areas
where climate change is likely to result in increased flood exposure that
becomes unmanageable, consideration should be given to alternative
sustainable land use
The Scottish Government’s Local Development Plan Guidance (May 2023)
under it’s ‘Step by step guide’ provides advice on relevant evidence for the
NPF4 policy topics to help planning authorities in considering the national
planning policies when preparing their Evidence Report. Under Policy 22,
this guidance also expects Local Development Plans to:
• take a strategic ‘whole systems’ approach to flood risk and water
management, aligning with infrastructure first principles, blue and green
infrastructure, and open space, active travel and nature networks

Page 162

• consider preparing, or reviewing for spatial implications Surface Water
Management Plans
• reference a Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (SFRA) in the Evidence
Report and the at risk areas identified 
Links to Evidence:
Flood risk
• Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (February 2025) (Core Doc Ref:
CD25)
• SEPA Future Flood Maps
• SEPA low likelihood (present day) surface water flood risk mapping
• Planning Information Note 4 (PIN4) SEPA position on development
protected by a flood protection scheme
• SEPA Flood Risk Standing Advice for Planning Authorities (July 2024)
• Scottish Government Flood resilience strategy (December 2024)
• Scottish Water's Climate Adaptation Plan 2024
• SEPA Flood Risk and Land Use Vulnerability Guidance
• Strategic Environmental Assessment: Development Plan Site
Assessment
• Tay Flood Risk Management Plan (December 2021)
• Forth Flood Risk Management Plan (December 2021)
• Forth Estuary Flood Risk Management Plan (December 2021)
• Tay Estuary and Montrose Basin Flood Risk Management Plan
(December 2021)
• Tay Local Flood Risk Management Plan (December 2022)
• Forth Local Flood Risk Management Plan (December 2022)
• Forth Estuary Local Flood Risk Management Plan (December 2022)
• Tay Estuary and Montrose Local Basin Flood Risk Management Plan
(Interim issue May 2019) 
• Mapping flood disadvantage in Scotland 2015
• Futurefloodmap_explanatory_note_version_4_(November_2023)
• Big Place conversation summary report
Climate change and coastal changes
• Dynamic Coast webmaps (2021)
• Coastal Change Adaptation Guidance 
• Climate Change Risk and Opportunity Assessment (August 2023)
• Climate Change Master Action Plan (August 2024) (Core Doc Ref:
CD6)
• River basin management plans for Scotland (December 2021)
• SEPA Recommended Riparian Corridor Layer for use in Land Use
Planning (July 2024) (Core Doc Ref: CD23)
Water environment
• SEPA’s water environment hub
• SEPA’s water classification hub
• River basin management plans for Scotland (December 2021)
• Drinking water protected areas - Scotland river basin district maps
(2014) 
Private Water Supplies
• SEPA information on water scarcity
• Water scarcity in Scotland (arcgis.com) (November 2023)
knowledge review on water scarcity by University of Dundee

Page 163

• James Hutton Institute Executive Summary of Climate Trends  (July
2023)
• CREW (Centre for Expertise for Waters) report, Private Water
Supplies and Climate Change
• PKC call out records to private water supplies which have previously
dried up (Core Document Ref: CD24)
Summary of Evidence:
Flood risk
Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (February 2025) is designed to inform the
development planning process, primarily to reduce vulnerability of
development to flooding by avoiding the flood risk area as defined in NPF4.
This is prepared by the planning authority in consultation with Scottish
Environment Protection Agency (SEPA). The draft SFRA has been finalised
after taking onboard feedback from this consultation.
SEPA Future Flood Maps - SEPA medium likelihood future flood risk 2080
coastal flood risk mapping and SEPA medium likelihood future flood risk
2080 river flood risk mapping is the best proxy for the at-risk flood risk
areas mentioned in NPF4, this is currently based on UK 2009 Climate
projections but will be updated to reflect the UK 2018 climate change
projections. If this updated climate change mapping is available this will be
used in site assessment for the Proposed Plan. Also, should the Proposed
Plan consider sites where a potential flood risk is identified on part of the
site, then it will be necessary to assess them using the allowances to
calculate the area “at risk of flooding or in a flood risk area” and this will
clarify the developable area. This should happen prior to allocation in the
Proposed Plan. During preparation of the Proposed Plan PKC will require
the developer/landowner to prepare an FRA where there is a potential risk
of flooding within a site, to determine if it is suitable for allocation. This will
require an FRA if the site includes any 200 year plus climate change or
1,000 year flood risk areas, whichever is the greater extent, as identified in
the SFRA, taking account of both SEPA and flood study mapping.
SEPA low likelihood (present day) surface water flood risk mapping when
future surface water flood map layer is available (expected by Spring 2025
latest), this will be used instead. However, the surface water present day
low likelihood flood map layer, available in the Flood Map Viewer, is the
best proxy in the meantime. This layer used the medium likelihood flood
event with an increase in rainfall intensity of 20% nationally. This layer may
provide a first indication of those areas potentially at risk from surface
water flooding in the future, however due to projected changes in rainfall
intensity it may not show all locations that may be affected in the future. A
Surface water management plan is currently being prepared for several
communities, and where available timeously, these plans will be used to
inform identification of areas at risk.
Planning Information Note 4 (PIN4) SEPA position on development protected by a
flood protection scheme (July 2024) supports interpretation of NPF4 policy 22
Flood risk and water management. This document clearly articulates the
SEPA position regarding development behind existing formal flood
defences, and how informal defences should be accounted for.
SEPA Flood Risk and Land Use Vulnerability Guidance (July 2024) supports
interpretation of NPF4 policy 22 Flood risk and water management.

Page 164

SEPA Flood Risk Standing Advice for Planning Authorities (July
2024).supports interpretation of NPF4 policy 22 Flood risk and water
management.
Scottish Government Flood resilience strategy (December 2024) sets out
views on what is needed to make places more flood resilient in the longer
term.
Scottish Water's Climate Adaptation Plan 2024
sets out Scottish Water's long term priorities in dealing with and adapting
to climate change which is putting pressure on our infrastructure serving
Scotland. This includes, flood risk increase, water scarcity and drought
management planning as well as consumer water use. 
Strategic Environmental Assessment: Development Plan Site Assessment
prepared jointly by Historic Environment Scotland, Nature Scot and
Scottish Environment Protection Agency provides a template for site
assessment which will be the basis for assessment (some additions
anticipated) and will be used at Proposed Plan stage.
There is a Tay Flood Risk Management Plan (December 2021), a Forth
Flood Risk Management Plan (December 2021), a Forth Estuary Flood Risk
Management Plan (December 2021), and a Tay Estuary and Montrose Basin
Flood Risk Management Plan (December 2021) which have been prepared
by SEPA produced with the support and collaboration of the relevant local
authorities. Land use planning objectives and actions have been agreed
with responsible authorities, which will ensure flood risk is adequately
considered in local planning decisions, and the Proposed plan will support
their implementation. 
There is a Tay Local Flood Risk Management Plan (December 2022), a Forth
Local Flood Risk Management Plan (December 2022), and a Forth Estuary
Local Flood Risk Management Plan (December 2022) which Perth and
Kinross Council prepared , and a Tay Estuary and Montrose Basin Local
Flood Risk Management Plan (Interim issue May 2019), which Perth and
Kinross Council contributed to the preparation of. These plans set out in
more detail how the actions of the Flood Risk Management Plans will be
achieved. 
A Surface water management plan is currently being prepared for several
communities. Scottish Water and Perth and Kinross Council are working in
partnership on the outputs from the Perth Integrated Catchment Study
(ICS), and Perth & Kinross Council are engaging consulting engineers to
complete the flood study and to develop the Perth Surface Water
Management Plan which has an estimate timescale completion of the
initial phase is Spring 2025. The Proposed plan will support their
implementation. 
Climate change 
Dynamic Coast webmaps (2021) provides a broad planning tool and makes
necessary assumptions about our future climate and management action.
This information will be used to inform site selection, and settlement
summary text in the Proposed Plan. This is discussed in greater detail in the
Evidence Report section on Coastal Development and Aquaculture.
Coastal Change Adaptation Guidance supports Local Authorities to develop
their Coastal Change Adaption Plans (CCAP). PKC received funds for a
Coastal Change Adaption Plan, to enable its production and if available in
time it will inform the Proposed Plan. This is discussed in greater detail in

Page 165

the Evidence Report section on Coastal Development and Aquaculture
Appendix A8.
Climate Change Risk and Opportunity Assessment (August 2023) is a risk
and opportunities register, in response to the increasing risks and impacts
of current and future climate change considering risks to the organisation
and area. The Proposed Plan will support delivery of the Flood Protection
measures identified. Climate Change Master Action Plan (August 2024)
(Core Doc ref CD6) has an adaptation plan that is integrated with our
mitigation plan. This can be viewed under the “Climate Resilience” Delivery
Theme. The Proposed Plan will support Natural Flood Risk Management
and Flood Protection measures identified to assist with the delivery of this
Action Plan.
Mapping flood disadvantage in Scotland 2015 is most relevant to Flood
Risk Management Planning. Nearly all of the acutely and extremely socially
vulnerable and flood-disadvantaged data zones were located within PVAs,
despite differences in the underlying data and methodology. Therefore,
the results of the disadvantage assessment can be used to support Flood
Risk Management Strategies / Plans developed for each of the 14 Local
Plan Districts covering Scotland that take into account PVAs. It notes that
alongside Stirling, the Scottish Borders, and Moray, Perth and Kinross has
the highest average proportion of residential properties exposed to river
flooding.
The Mapping flood disadvantage in Scotland 2015 study also expresses
concerns about and conclusions on the reasons for properties built on
floodplains after January 1st, 2009. These were broadly either: firstly, that
they were in process for a long time before construction and the FRA was
based on earlier data; secondly, a sense that there were many competing
priorities besides flooding and planners must make pragmatic decisions; or
thirdly, that elected members can go against officer recommendation and
approve planning applications. 
Recommended Riparian Corridor Layer for use in Land Use Planning (July
2024) A GIS layer has been prepared which indicates the minimum space
needed along rivers to give rivers space to adapt to changes in flood
frequency and magnitude and to provide a range of benefits. This layer will
be used to inform Blue Green Infrastructure and Nature Network mapping,
as well as for site specific considerations regarding allocations through the
Strategic Environmental Assessment site assessment which will be used at
Proposed Plan stage, but will be adapted to include consideration of the
riparian corridor.
Geomorphic Risk Layer which identifies sections of river where channel
adjustment was likely to be significant (e.g. high erosion or deposition).
Development adjacent to these zones which have greater risk of river
erosion should be considered (to ensure sufficient space around these
sections). A guidance document is still being finalised, but a summary is
provided on SEPA publication data website under i. This layer will be used
to inform Blue Green Infrastructure and Nature Network mapping, as well
as for site specific considerations regarding allocations through the
Strategic Environmental Assessment site assessment which will be used at
Proposed Plan stage, but will be adapted to include consideration of
potential channel adjustment.

Page 166

Water environment
River basin management plans for Scotland (December 2021) set out a
framework for protecting and improving the water environment and
consequentially the benefits provided by the water environment across
Scotland. It focuses on reducing resource use, eliminating waste and
restoring natural capital. It covers rivers, lochs, transitional waters
(estuaries), coastal waters, groundwater, and groundwater dependant
wetlands, and sets out actions for public bodies, industry, and land
managers in Scotland. Information on the current status of a water body,
will be taken from the water classification hub, whilst pressures affecting
it, measures required to address those pressures, and deadlines for
achieving those measures will be extracted from the SEPA’s water
environment hub.  The Strategic Environmental Assessment site
assessment (as a base although there may be some additions to it) which
will be used at Proposed Plan stage to consider potential allocations
considers flood risk, and water environment, and when considering impact
on the water environment condition there will be reference to the RBMP
and to the most recent water classification data, and to information on
drinking water protected areas.
Private Water Supplies
Private water supplies are presumed against in NPF4 unless they will be
sourced from a sustainable water source that is resilient to periods of
water scarcity. SEPA ‘regulate’ water abstractions under CAR, abstractions
of less than 10m3/day (equivalent of 50 population) (single property to
group of properties) are controlled by General Binding Rule 2 which means
that there should be a method of demonstrating the abstraction is less
than 10m3 in any day ie flow measurement, and that water leakage must
be kept to a minimum. There are a series of generic conditions contained
in the CAR that must be complied with. Further ‘regulation’ is not required
if these 2 factors are met. Larger abstractions up to 50m3/day (equivalent
population 250) (eg decent sized caravan site) need ‘registration’ under
CAR. Larger abstractions are dealt with by SEPA issuing either a simple or
complex licence. However, the CAR process does not take into account the
adequacy of the source water eg stream, loch, spring, borehole etc
(especially when controlled by GBR2 which would likely be the largest
chunk of proposals) and therefore there is a need for the planning system
to assess whether private water supplies are sourced from a sustainable
and resilient water source.
SEPA provides information on water scarcity. Also, there is a knowledge
review on water scarcity by University of Dundee Water scarcity in
Scotland (arcgis.com) (November 2023). This refers to a recent study
commissioned by NatureScot which shows how these changes could result
in droughts becoming more frequent, longer and more severe even over
the next 2 decades. For more details on climate trends there is also a
James Hutton Institute Executive Summary of Climate Trends  (July 2023)
projections and extremes in Scotland and implications for Natural Capital
and Policy paper.  
There is also a CREW (Centre for Expertise for Waters) report, Private
Water Supplies and Climate Change which considers the vulnerability of
existing Private Water Supplies to climate change and potential
mitigations. Using risk mapping, this study estimates that approximately
half of the Private Water Supplies in Scotland are estimated to be within
areas of High or Very High (risk categories between 2020 and 2050). This

Page 167

study identifies at risk areas through a Drought Risk Indicator (figure 15) to
help identify locations of high Private Water Supplies density and high
probability of experiencing dry years in the future. The category is a
combination of the density of Private Water Supplies and probability of dry
years increasing. The purpose of this indicator is to illustrate where in
Scotland the highest probability of increased precipitation deficit is.
However, The James Hutton Institute Climate Data Visualisation paper
includes the Climatic Water Balance and is an improved estimate of
meteorological water scarcity, at a 1km resolution (whilst figure 15 from
the CREW Private Water Supplies and Climate Change report was 12km).
Also supplementing this research, the Council has its own records of where
there have been callouts for private water supplies due to a water scarcity
issue, and whilst this is not going to be an exhaustive list, as it is dependent
on users making contact, it could be useful in identifying areas of concern. 
The CREW report recommends policy prescription on fit-for-purposes
technologies for collection and treatment of water is a feasible way to help
build resilience in decentralised, small rural supplies. For example, a
change of source (e.g. from spring to borehole) can be a sensible course of
action in areas where bedrock aquifers have the potential to sustain
borehole water supply, and when vulnerability to drought and
contamination co-occur for a given Private Water Supply or supply zone.
Also, the report identifies the potential role of household water storage
capabilities as back-up support to non-drinking water uses during drought.
This may be more suitable for non-drinking water use. 
Summary of Implications for the Proposed Plan:
Flood risk
The current Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan (LDP) 2019
identifies appropriate opportunities for development with controls applied
within flood risk areas. However, this LDP2 was based on Scottish Planning
Policy (SPP) 2014, and the new NPF4 introduces ‘at risk areas’ which refer
to the SEPA future flood maps which include climate change projections.
The Proposed Plan will accord with NPF4, refer to these future flood maps,
and use the SEA site assessment template to assess risk for all proposals
being considered for potential LDP3 allocation.  During preparation of the
Proposed Plan at the Call for Sites and Ideas stage the Council will require
the developer/landowner to prepare an FRA where there is a potential risk
of flooding within a site, to determine if it is suitable for allocation.
The analysis of existing LDP2 allocations in the SFRA will inform the spatial
strategy of LDP3, it could act as a screening tool for identifying sites which
will need further analysis of flood risk constraint. The SFRA will primarily
support the Local Development Plan in responding to the spatial
implications of NPF4 Policy 22 by promoting avoidance as a first principle
and reducing the vulnerability of existing and future development to
flooding. Resilience will also be supported by managing the need to bring
previously used sites in built up areas into positive use (dependent on the
vulnerability assessment) and planning for adaptation measures.
The mapping flooding disadvantage in Scotland study was concerned about
new properties being built within the floodplain. It indicates key reasons
why and this knowledge could potentially inform the preparation of the
Proposed Plan as the objective is to limit the future instances.

Page 168

Water environment
SEPA’s water environment hub and the Blue Green Infrastructure (BGI),
and Nature Network (NN) mapping will be used to complete SEA site
assessments at the Proposed Plan stage.  The analysis of natural flood risk
management opportunities within the SFRA will also inform future blue
and green infrastructure mapping considered in the Evidence Report
section 21 Blue and Green Infrastructure.  This mapping tool will be used
to identify existing pressures on water bodies and the site assessment will
identify whether policies and proposals are likely to exacerbate existing
pressures, create new problems and offer opportunities for enhancement.
Please refer to the evidence report issue B3 on Blue and Green
Infrastructure in Appendix B for more information on this mapping.
Climate change and coastal changes
The Perth and Kinross area faces a range of development pressures and
future threats from sea level rise and flood risk. The future of Perth
harbour, sea level rises, and coastal erosion risk is covered in Appendix A8
the Coastal Development and Aquaculture issue.
Private Water Supplies
In terms of Private Water Supplies, NPF4 presumes against these unless
they will be sourced from a sustainable water source that is resilient to
periods of water scarcity. A review of currently available studies has been
undertaken. There are useful sources of information such as the drought
risk indicator. The drought risk indicator is available as a GIS layer for Local
Authorities to use, however it is likely to prove advisable to use more up to
date, and better resolution climatic water balance mapping from The
James Hutton Institute Climate Data Visualisation. However, there is no
equivalent to the SEPA flood risk mapping to identify which areas are at
most risk, nor an associated national planning policy approach for these
areas. Therefore, at Proposed Plan stage there will be a need to consider
the potential use of
• drought risk indicator/water scarcity mapping
• alongside other information the Council holds about places where
private water supplies have previously dried up
• information about the type of source proposed 
to establish where Private Water Supplies may not be sourced from a
sustainable water source that is resilient. In this situation perhaps a Local
Development Plan requirement might be placed on the developer to
conduct a Private Water Supplies risk assessment considering climate
change related risks and/or adopt measures to make their supply more
resilient. Environmental Health colleagues have intimated that they
wouldn’t expect a treatment specialist to be able to comment on the risk
of climate change and this would require specialists such as geologist,
hydrogeologist which is likely to be costly and perhaps difficult to source,
so the chosen approach will need to be proportionate to the risk.
Gaps, Uncertainties or Key Issues Raised:
Flood risk
Whilst if a site is within an at-risk area, the NPF4 policy approach is clear, if
a site is partially within, the approach is still clear, but what is fairly unclear
until you get to the planning application stage is which areas are within the
at risk area. Also, whilst SEPA medium likelihood future flood risk 2080
river and coastal flood risk mapping is the best proxy for the at-risk flood

Page 169

risk areas mentioned in NPF4, this is currently based on UK 2009 Climate
projections but will be updated to reflect the UK 2018 climate change
projections. If this updated climate change mapping is available this will be
used in site assessment for the Proposed Plan. Should the Proposed Plan
promote sites where a potential flood risk is identified on part of the site,
then it will be necessary to assess them using the allowances to calculate
the area “at risk of flooding or in a flood risk area” and this will clarify the
developable area. To address this gap during the preparation of the Call for
Sites and Ideas PKC will require the developer/landowner to prepare an
FRA where there is a potential risk of flooding within a site, to determine if
it is suitable for allocation. This will require an FRA if the site includes any
200 year plus climate change or 1,000 year flood risk areas, whichever is
the greater extent, as identified in the SFRA, taking account of both SEPA
and flood study mapping.
Consideration of the research on mapping flooding disadvantage suggests
to properly implement policy and limit the instances of development
within at risk/floodplain areas, there could be an enhanced focus on
member engagement on flood risk matters. One of the other reasons
mentioned (of sites taking time to come forward and being based on an
older FRA) is largely outwith the Local Authorities control. However the
approach taken at Mu73 Almond Valley whereby on this long term
strategic site, the overall masterplan permission requires each phase which
comes forward as a planning application to be based on a new FRA could
be a way to mitigate this issue. 
Water environment
Findings of the SFRA help identify some potential opportunities to
implement improvements to the water environment through natural flood
management and blue green infrastructure. However, the Proposed Plan
spatial strategy will identify and protect blue and green infrastructure
assets and networks (via the Planning (Scotland) Act 2019, and
subsequently NPF4); and seek to enhance and expand existing provision
including new blue and/or green infrastructure. Blue and Green
Infrastructure is considered in more detail in Appendix B3.
Private Water Supplies
The drought indicator method has not been developed to assess individual
Private Water Supplies and is not provided at a finely grained resolution
(12 km). However, the drought indicator alongside other water scarcity
mapping, and Council call out records for water scarcity, could prove a
useful starting point to determine vulnerable locations. It could potentially
help identify where a Private Water Supplies risk assessment procedure
considering climate change related risks is required and/or where/when a
planning response and mitigations may be required.
Summary of Stakeholder Engagement:
The Council produced and consulted on a series of Topic Papers which
covered the individual subject matters of NPF4’s national planning policies
suite.  These papers set out in detail the evidence the Council has gathered
to help produce our Evidence Report, and which we hope to use to
prepare our LDP3 Proposed Plan. The papers were published on the
Council’s Consultation Hub for a 6 week period during July and August

Page 170

2024.  As part of our consultation process for LDP3 Topic Papers we
welcomed the views of our key stakeholders (who were contacted
specifically via email regarding the consultation exercise) and the public at
large, on the sufficiency of the evidence gathered, our interpretation of the
implications of that evidence to the Proposed Plan, and on how we intend
to use that evidence to develop our LDP3.  We also asked respondents to
provide links to other sources of available information or data which they
felt we had not included, alongside an explanation of why they considered
any additional sources of information to be relevant to the preparation of
the Local Development Plan.
Prior to the topic paper consultation, there was early engagement with
SEPA and with Council Flood teams to seek information needed for
preparation of the draft SFRA. A draft of the SFRA and the topic paper was
then circulated to SEPA and our Flood team prior to their formal
consultation. The feedback received was largely addressed prior to the
formal consultation, however the inclusion of flood study mapping took
time to locate, and bring into formats that it could be included within the
SFRA. The Council looked to resolve these outstanding matters prior to
finalising the Evidence Report for Gatecheck.  As per SEPA guidance on
producing a SFRA, this finalised SFRA was sent to SEPA, Perth and Kinross
Council Flood team and Building standards teams, Scottish Water, and
Scottish Canals, for final comment. This finalised SFRA was consulted on in
December 2024 and then final amendments were made to reflect the
views of SEPA and Scottish Water prior to publication in February 2025.
Please note that Perth and Kinross Council is working on producing an
online interactive SFRA, to inform the Call for Sites and Ideas which is
programmed for April/May 2025.
Prior to the topic paper consultation, there was early engagement with
Environmental Health colleagues to seek information needed concerning
private water supplies. Post topic paper consultation there was further
engagement with the James Hutton Institute, and with Environmental
Health and SEPA to help inform revisions to this Evidence Report Issue
content on private water supplies.
The Big Place conversation summary report has a feeling safe indicator,
where participants how safe do people feel in their place. A summary of
the comments on this topic identifies that flood risk cause safety issues.
This is not experienced evenly across the Council area, and is affected by
previous flood events, and concerns about ability to lessen their impact on
communities, or parts of their community. Where it was mentioned, it
tended to have a significant impact on feeling safe. Suggestions were made
to improve drainage and flood protection, and to develop community
resilience including rapid response teams. 
The care and maintenance indicator for the BPC Place Standard consultation
asked are there spaces or buildings that need cleaning up or fixing in the area.
A summary of the comments on this topic identifies that blocked drains and
farmland/hillside run off exacerbate flooding issues, again improving
drainage/flood protection were suggested.

Page 171

Statements of Agreement/ Dispute 
18 responses were received on our Flood Risk and Water management Topic Paper. Over 40% of the respondents either agreed with or neither agreed nor
disagreed with the evidence identified through Topic Paper 023, or the summary of the implications of that evidence for the Proposed Plan provided by the
Council.  A number offered examples of additional sources of information which they felt should be considered and/or highlighted other potential
implications for the Proposed Plan. A summary of these comments, their status, and the Council’s response are provided in the table below. Three
respondents wished their comments to be treated as a formal dispute to the Evidence Report (highlighted in red), a further 6 indicated some disagreement
with the evidence (highlighted in amber). 
Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Ristol
Consulting
Agree List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP):  Ristol Consulting agreed with the list of
evidence/datasets for Topic Paper 023, and notes necessity of
ensuring SFRA is consistent with SEPAs future Flood Maps to
ensure policy interpretation is aligned.
Further Comments: Considers that new approaches to
climate change may run counter to previous policy
approaches, often as a result of locational considerations, and
enable positive change in line with NPF4's spatial principles
and strategy. Future policy and guidance, particularly for a 10
year plan period, should provide flexibility to enable the
delivery of sustainable land use patterns.
Formal Dispute: Ristol Consulting does not wish to make a
formal dispute. 
Note comments regarding the need to consider new
approaches for climate change, and considering how and
when flexibility can be provided, this will be considered
when preparing the Proposed Plan. There will be further
engagement as PKC prepare the Proposed Plan. 
Errol
Community
Council
Neither List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP):  Errol Community Council neither agree
nor disagree with the list of evidence/datasets for Topic Paper
023, and neither agrees nor disagrees with the implications
for the Proposed Plan.
Appreciate at this stage that there can be some
uncertainty for stakeholders. There will be further
engagement as PKC prepare the Proposed Plan.

Page 172

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Further Comments: No further comments
Formal Dispute: Errol Community Council does not indicate
whether they want to make a formal dispute. 
Nature Scot Neither List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP):  Nature Scot neither agree nor disagree
with the list of evidence/datasets, and neither agrees nor
disagrees with the implications for the Proposed Plan.
Further Comments: This is a fairly long topic paper. It would
be useful to have a contents page. It would be worth adding
all the policy connections listed under Policy 22 of NPF4 (p.
75).
Formal Dispute: Nature Scot does not indicate whether they
want to make a formal dispute. 
Appreciate at this stage that there can be some
uncertainty for stakeholders. There will be further
engagement as PKC prepare the Proposed Plan.
Agree it was an oversight that there was no contents page
included, and the topic paper would also have benefited
from this. 
Agree, the topic paper was more focussed on the most
important of these policy connections, but the Evidence
report now acknowledges all policy connections listed
under Policy 22 of NPF4. 
SEPA Disagreed
initially, but
this dispute
was
resolved
06/02/2025
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP):  SEPA consider the Water classification
hub should be included as the source of evidence for most
recent water classification data. They also point to outputs of
detailed flood studies (Comrie, Coupar Angus, Dunkeld and
Birnam, Perth, Blackford, Kinross and Blairgowrie) being
absent from the draft SFRA maps. 
Further Comments: SEPA note work is ongoing with flood
management colleagues to obtain access to the mapped
outputs of the detailed flood studies. 
Regarding paras 2.19 and 2.27 SEPA support the inclusion of
the water environment in the site assessment and the RBMP
pressures and actions may identify opportunities for
improvement. However, Blue Green Infrastructure (BGI), and
Nature Network (NN) mapping, to be compiled to inform the
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications
for Proposed Plan (PP):  
Unfortunately, it was not initially appreciated that the
water classification hub is a different source from the
water environment hub and provides the most up to date
information on water quality. The Evidence Report has
been updated to include the water classification hub as
well as the water environment hub which was always
mentioned. The reported 2020 data within the Whole Plan
area Issue, was taken from an environmental baseline
collated for a recent Strategic Environmental Assessment
for another Council strategy, but it is recognised that that
data has now been superseded.  Our LDP3 SEA Scoping
Report uses the 2022 data included in the Water
Classification Hub and RBMP key pressures and actions
available via the Water Environment Hub, and the Flood

Page 173

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
proposed plan, are other sources of evidence for the site
assessment process which will be instrumental in identifying
opportunities to protect and improve the water environment
at a site scale. The inclusion of water environment evidence
in this mapping process is important in supporting the
delivery of multi-functional BGI and NNs and climate resilient
places. 
SEPA note that changes have been made to the Topic Paper in
response to SEPA’s comments from 26 June 2024. In
particular, the maps and accompanying key in the first version
were very blurred and therefore hard to interpret, and we
note that this issue has been fixed. 
We have some minor points to highlight that could be
corrected/updated in the finalised version of the SFRA: 
Section 2.1 - recommend this should say 'avoid the flood risk
area as defined in NPF4' rather than ‘avoiding areas of flood
hazard’. 
Section 2.4 - recommend that reference is made to localised
Surface Water Management Plans being a useful source of
information for this issue, e.g. Blairgowrie, part of Dunkeld
Study and the one currently being done for Perth. 
Section 2.5 and 2.6 - Please note that from July 2024 our
updated and published guidance can be found here:
development-behind-defences.docx
(https://www.sepa.org.uk/media/nlyfx2v3/development-
behind-defences.docx); and here land-use-vulnerability-
guidance.docx
(https://www.sepa.org.uk/media/nvnotwqd/land-use-
vulnerability-guidance.docx) 
Risk and Water Management issue of this Evidence Report
also incorporates both sources of evidence. 
Mapping from the following flood studies was added to
the SFRA before it was finalised and published February
2025: 
Bankfoot 2007 
Coupar Angus 2007
Perth Town Lade 2013
Comrie/Dalinross 2013
Pitlochry 2018
Aberfeldy 2019
Blackford 2019
Dunkeld and Birnam 2022
Blairgowrie 2024 Surface Water Management Plan 
This includes Pitlochry, Aberfeldy and Bankfoot flood
study information which was beyond SEPA’s original
request. However, Kinross 2021 outputs requested by
SEPA, is not available yet to the Council, but should be
available soon, and certainly prior to Call for Sites stage.
SEPA have indicated when available the flood study
modelled extents within Kinross flood study 2021 is an
improvement and should be used preferentially once
available. 
The SFRA has been published in the meantime, as SEPA
have provided a general statement of agreement with the
SFRA in its current form. A table indicating what Flood
Study data has been provided, and what will follow, and

Page 174

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Page 155 – Tay at Aberfeldy - Note that the Caravan Park was
badly affected on 6/7 October 2023 where vehicles and
caravans had to be towed out of flood water, and on the
Moness Burn, some properties at the lower end of the burn
were also flooded in 2002. 
Lastly, in response to the question posed on page 11, we
advise that if flood risk assessment (FRA) is deemed
necessary following consideration of the information included
in the SFRA, this should be undertaken prior to the inclusion
of a site in the Proposed Plan. 
Please refer to our previous response to the draft version of
the paper for comments on any other relevant issues. 
Formal Dispute: SEPA has a formal dispute. The water
classification hub is the RBMP data source which provides the
most recent classification data regarding the water
environment should be included as an evidence source.
SEPA’s position could be reviewed if written confirmation is
provided that the water environment hub will be included as
an evidence source for this topic prior to submission to the
Gate Check. 
It is understood that further work is to be done on the SFRA
following this consultation. However, SEPA can confirm we
dispute the draft SFRA due to the absence of the mapped
output from the detailed studies. This position could be
reviewed if a finalised SFRA which includes output from the
detailed studies is provided prior to submission to the Gate
Check. 
indicating how the Flood study mapping should be used
alongside SEPA indicative mapping has been provided
within the published SFRA. 
Unfortunately, it has not been possible to get the SFRA
online before finalising it. It is not a requirement, but the
intention is to hopefully get this online before Call for Sites
and Ideas which is planned for April/May 2025. The
online/amended SFRA will be published using the best
available flood mapping at that point in time. 
It is agreed that the Blue Green Infrastructure and Nature
Network mapping is important to the site assessment
process, and to protecting and improving the water
environment. This has been acknowledged and reference
to the water classification hub has been added, in addition
to the reference to the water environment hub. Also,
changes have been made to Evidence Report for this
Flood risk and water environment section to better
acknowledge role of Blue Green Infrastructure (BGI), and
Nature Network (NN) mapping in relation to this data
informing the spatial strategy and the Proposed Plan blue
green network. 
Note changes made to SFRA, and improvements to the
quality of the mapping for the published draft SFRA. 
Agree change to SFRA paragraph 2.1 to refer to flood risk
area as defined in NPF4.

Page 175

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Note SWMPs will be a useful resource for identifying areas
at risk, and appropriate amendment has been made to
reference this. 
Note the updated SEPA guidance documents for
development behind defences and for land use
vulnerability have now been published, these links to
updated guidance have been provided. 
Note that the flooding event on 6/7 October 2023
affecting the Aberfeldy caravan park is noted in the SFRA
on para 4.8, whilst the properties flooded at lower end of
burn in 2002 are shown on figure 6. 
Agree that FRA should be undertaken prior to potential
inclusion of a site in the Proposed Plan if it might be
within an at risk area, this is acknowledged within this
Issue and within the SFRA (para ref 3.5 and 3.13). 
Please also note further amendments have been made to
reflect advice provided at a SEPA HOPs session on LDP
evidence for Flood risk and water management held on
3rd of September. Reference has been added to new
guidance on recommended riparian corridor layer and
geomorphic risk buffer layer. 
Also referring to previous comments from SEPA provided
26th June 2024, previous amendments have either
addressed them, or the comments are now covered in this
SEPA representation. However, there was an additional
comment about Private Water Supply (PWS) information
sources, identifying that PKC Environmental Health (EH)

Page 176

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
colleagues hold details of PWS which have dried up and
they also hold a GIS layer of all PWS in Council area. PKC
note, that the water team had significant staffing changes,
and were not able to input prior to publication of the
topic paper, but we have subsequently had feedback from
them during this engagement period, and further
information has been added on PWS to the Evidence
Report with call out records added as a core document
(Core Doc Ref 24). 
Based on the information provided to SEPA they provided
a general statement of agreement on the SFRA and have
also agreed that this dispute has been resolved. 
Private
individual 
Disagree –
but does not
register a
formal
dispute
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): Respondent disagrees with the
information provided on the Craigie Burn flood studies at
Para 5.12. The SWMP, Para5.37 seems to rely on flow rates
predicted in the Craigie Burn flood study, which are
considered unreliable. 
Notes that it appears work is yet to start on the SWMP and is
concerned that unreliable flow rates may be assumed as
accurate and may be carried forward into the next LDP, to the
detriment of the local community.
In October 2022 local residents received a letter from the
Council which mentioned a Perth Integrated Catchment Study
scheme between the Council and Scottish Water. This seems
more comprehensive but it is unclear what progress has been
made on the Integrated Catchment Study.
Further Comments: Respondent provides no further
comments.
The Craigie Burn flood study was carried out for PKC by
suitably qualified consulting engineers, in-line with national
guidance and industry-standard methodology. The study
was updated and finalised and the conclusions and
recommendations of the Craigie Burn Flood study were
approved at the Climate Change and Sustainability
Committee on 27 November 2023. The funding to develop
and deliver the recommended flood protection works has
also been provided in the current budget approved by Full
Committee. 
Depending on availability of GIS outputs/progress this
flood study’s more detailed information on flood risk may
be available to inform the Proposed Plan, and could help
inform a screening tool, which will identify indicative at
risk areas where a Flood Risk Assessment (FRA) would be
required to further clarify the at risk areas. However,
where the flood study mapping is not available the SEPA

Page 177

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Formal Dispute: Respondent does not have a formal dispute.  indicative mapping is sufficient for this screening purpose
(it is what will be used for most of Perth and Kinross) and
will trigger requirement for a detailed site specific FRA
where necessary. 
The Perth Integrated Catchment Study (ICS) was jointly
delivered by Scottish Water and PKC, and concluded in
2019.  This study greatly improved the understanding of
surface water/sewer flood risk as well as the interaction
with watercourses on these sources of flooding. It
identified 32 areas of highest risk, and has been used to
inform where further investigation work is required to
provide the highest level of benefit. This includes the
Perth IFOS project carried out by Scottish Water to look at
options to reduce sewer flood risk at 5 priority locations.
The Council jointly worked on 2 of these areas (Cavendish
Ave/Gray St and Feus Rd) to see if wider options to reduce
surface water risk were available. Further information
regarding this can be found at PowerPoint Presentation
(pkc.gov.uk). Scottish Water will provide further
information to communities in these areas at the
appropriate times. 
The Perth ICS also informs the ongoing Perth Surface
Water Management Plan, which the Council has currently
engaged consulting engineers (Amey Consulting) to
deliver.  This is expected to be concluded later in Spring
2025.  This will build on the work from the ICS, identify
the main surface water flood risk hotspots and investigate
options to reduce the risk.

Page 178

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
The Proposed plan will support any implementation of
identified measures in the SWMP and will also generally
consider identification of areas for flood management.
This is considered further in the Blue Green infrastructure
section, this mapping will be another source of evidence
for the site assessment process which will be instrumental
in identifying opportunities to protect and improve the
water environment at a site scale. 
Private
individual 
Disagree –
but does not
register a
formal
dispute
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP):  Concerned about the information relied
upon to inform the flood risk sections. Para 5.12 mentions
flood studies and an SWMP. Appears that works has not
started on the SWMP. Para 5.37 details the outcomes from
the Craigie Study and the estimated flows that it relied upon.
Pages 159 and 160 likewise. Respondent and many other
residents made representations about the flood study
expressing significant concerns about many issues, but
especially the flow rates used for predictions and conclusions
reached. Respondent has concerns that these same
shortcomings would be carried forward into the next LDP and
undermine its policies and proposals. 
Further Comments: Respondent provides detailed comments
on their representation to the flood study consultation.
Formal Dispute: Respondent does not indicate whether they
want to make a formal dispute. 
The Craigie Burn flood study was carried out for PKC by
suitably qualified consulting engineers, in-line with national
guidance and industry-standard methodology. Please
consider the response to private individual (row 12) for
further detail on how this study, the Perth Integrated
catchment study and Perth Surface Water Management
Plan will inform the preparation of the Proposed Plan. 
Private
individual 
Disagree List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): Respondent disagrees with the sources
of information on the flood risk on the Craigie Burn. The
Craigie Burn Flood Study, is not fit for purpose with the flow
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications
for Proposed Plan (PP): 
The Craigie Burn flood study was carried out for PKC by
suitably qualified consulting engineers, in-line with national

Page 179

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
rates incorrect. The latest SWMP, which would include data
from floods in 2020, 2022 and 2023, has not yet been
completed and this, is essential for anything like an accurate
Flood Risk section within the LDP3. 
The risk of flawed data contained in the Craigie Burn Flood
Study being used within LDP3 must be addressed. The
calculations used and any concerns brought up by residents
should be listened to and discussions held between
interested parties. 
There is also concern with SEPAs data, as so much of it was
lost in the data breech a few years ago.
Further Comments: Respondent considers flooding and
avoiding areas at risk within a site, or in the surrounding area,
is to many people the most important element of LDP3. 
The combined sewer system in use in Craigie cannot cope in
heavy, but not torrential rain, and even although new
developments have to deal with surface water within their
boundary, foul water still joins this system, making the
problem worse.
Flood risk should be considered from the combination of foul
water, surface water and from the Craigie Burn overtopping.
When SuDS are not built to a specification Scottish Water
requires to adopt them, they cause issues. Considers that
developers should build and maintain such important
elements to a satisfactory standard.
Formal Dispute: Respondent has a formal dispute, and
considers that the Craigie Burn Flood Study must be redone
using flow rate figures agreed with residents who have
knowledge in this field. 
guidance and industry-standard methodology. Please
consider the response to private individual (row 12) for
further detail on how this study, the Perth Integrated
catchment study and Perth Surface Water Management
Plan will inform the preparation of the Proposed Plan. 
Note that flood risk is a key concern for stakeholders, and
the Strategic Flood Risk Assessment is prepared to inform
the Proposed Plan and to understand these risks. With
regard to concerns about the specification and
maintenance of SUDs, detailed advice is provided and
applied at the planning application stage, in Flood risk and
Flood Risk Assessment Supplementary guidance.

Page 180

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Private
individual 
Disagree –
but does
not register
as a formal
dispute
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): Respondent considers more account
should be taken of the foul and combined sewer networks. 
New development appears to be granted based on whether
the local WWTW has capacity. Little or no account is given to
the capacity within the network of pipes.  
The topic paper should identify areas for flood management,
for storage of surface water, fluvial water or foul water
storage. Too often areas that might be useful for reducing
flood risk are being used to expand development.  The
planning authority needs a more holistic approach otherwise
it is only compounding problems. The council should be
looking to undeveloped or vacant sites as opportunities to
reduce existing flooding issues. Solutions should be found
within the urban areas.
Further Comments: Disputes the design flood figures in the
Craigie Burn Flood Study and considers the study significantly
underestimates the design flows and its findings and
recommendations should therefore be treated with some
caution.
Formal Dispute: Respondent stated that they do not have a
formal dispute, but they have mentioned a dispute in relation
to flood study findings.   
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications
for Proposed Plan (PP): Agree with respondent that there
is a need to consider network capacity as well as the asset
with regard to foul and combined sewers. Scottish Water
agree that water and wastewater capacities is not
considered a show stopper to new development.
However early engagement and open discussions to
realistic timescales and phasing of new sites can prevent
any delays at site. This matter is considered further in the
Infrastructure Water and Waste Water Issue D6.  
In addition, it is also worth noting that Scottish Water will
require a full Technical Audit submission for water and
wastewater connections applying to join the existing
public network. Scottish Water may request from
applicants the need for further network studies to
ascertain impact of new flow/demand on the existing
infrastructure and customers. These could be standalone
drainage and/or water impact assessments, flow and
pressure tests or odour impact assessment for
development near large sewage assets.   
Agree that the Proposed Plan will need to consider
identification of areas for flood management. This is
considered further in the Blue Green infrastructure
section Appendix B3 and this mapping will be another
source of evidence for the site assessment process which
will be instrumental in identifying opportunities to protect
and improve the water environment at a site scale.

Page 181

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
The Council has a number of finalised, ongoing or planned
SWMPs within the current published Local Flood Risk
Management Plans (Cycle 2 2022-2028) which will
improve evidence on surface water flood risk.  This SFRA
and Appendix B3 is a point in time source of information,
and as and when SWMPS are completed they will inform
the preparation of the Proposed Plan for LDP3 and
subsequent review of planning applications as and when
they come forward. 
PKC are content with the Craigie Burn Flood Protection
Study methodology and conclusions. Please consider the
response to private individual (row 12) for further detail
on how this study, the Perth Integrated catchment study
and Perth Surface Water Management Plan will inform
the preparation of the Proposed Plan. 
Also beyond the LDP stages, if/when proposals come
forward as planning applications, detailed advice on SUDs
is provided in Flood risk and Flood Risk Assessment
Supplementary guidance to inform the planning
application process. 
Homes for
Scotland
Disagree –
but does
not register
as a formal
dispute
List of Evidence/Datasets: Homes for Scotland (HFS)
disagrees with the list and welcomes the opportunity to
comment on the Flood Risk and Water Environment Topic
Paper. Within Section 2 of the Topic Paper the Council rightly
recognise that some of the SEPA guidance is being updated.
HFS highlights updated and new guidance that were
published in July. It is suggested that the following additional
evidence is considered by the Council: 
The SEPA guidance notes July 2024, and the consultation
draft of the Scottish Government Flood resilience strategy
have been added to the list of evidence. 
The balance that needs to be struck on flood risk is
provided by NPF4 Policy 22 Flood risk and Water
management. PKC will seek to avoid development in areas
at risk of flooding as first principle. Resilience measures

Page 182

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
SEPA Position Statement on Development Protected by
Formal Flood Protection Schemes (July 2024) 
SEPA Flood Risk and Land Use Vulnerability Guidance (July
2024) Updated version of the guidance the council refers to. 
SEPA Flood Risk Standing Advice for Planning Authorities (July
2024). 
Scottish Government Flood resilience strategy: This
consultation closes on 13 August and sets out views on what
is needed to make places more flood resilient in the longer
term. https://www.gov.scot/publications/flood-resilience-
strategy-consultation/ 
Homes for Scotland Site Assessment Methodology: provides
a template for assessing sites based on the policies within
NPF4 Copy attached to our response to the “Homes” Topic
Paper. Homes for Scotland Deliverability Checklist Sets out
criteria to allow a council to understand if a site is
deliverable. Copy attached to our response to the “Homes”
Topic Paper. 
Summary of Implications for Proposed Plan (PP): HFS
considers that a flood resilient solution may not always be the
most appropriate solution if the principles of the Scottish
Government’s Just Transition are applied. Each settlement
has different flooding issues, and it is their view that a
balance needs to be struck between investing in fixing
flooding problems and the potential loss of investment,
businesses and homes within areas that may be at risk of
flooding by the year 2100. The latter may include areas
currently protected by existing defence or flood protection
will be appropriate where managing the need to bring
previously used sites in built up areas into positive use.
The SEPA Position Statement on Development Protected
by Formal Flood Protection Schemes details the approach
that will be used to consider proposals behind formal flood
defences. The Council will encourage collaboration on
flood resilience matters, and support new development,
where in line with NPF4 policy and SEPA guidance. 
With regard to the Homes for Scotland Deliverability
checklist, and wider matters beyond flood risk, this has
been considered in the Homes Issue Appendix C1. 
The Council welcomes Homes for Scotland’s comments
and agrees with the checklist criteria for flood risk, which
requires that an FRA should be undertaken prior to
potential inclusion of a site in the Proposed Plan if it might
be within an at risk area, an amendment has been made
to the Evidence Report Issue and to the SFRA (para ref 3.5
and 3.13) to acknowledge this. It is our intention that all
Call for Sites, including existing LDP allocations will be
subject to the SEA site assessment, and an FRA if
applicable.

Page 183

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
schemes. The financial cost of providing or upgrading these
requires to be understood and where appropriate the “fixing
flooding problems” approach maintained.
HFS suggests that the Council should consider opportunities
to encourage partnership between local
landowners/managers, farmers, crofters and
housebuilders/developers where there may be an
opportunity to improve a settlement’s long-term flood
resilience. Collaboration is key to delivering value engineered
solutions that continue to deliver much needed new homes.
In response to the Council’s question regarding the
requirement for a FRA if a promoted site lies within a flood
risk area it is suggested that, as a minimum, this is
accompanied by a stage 1 FRA at the site promotion stage. It
is suggested that this requirement should also apply to
existing allocations. The LDP and future Deliverable Housing
Land Pipeline should then set out if a further FRA is required
at the planning application stage. 
HFS states that allocated sites must be clearly deliverable and
viable. The Council engages with the home building sector
when considering the deliverability of sites submitted under a
future Call for Sites exercise. HFS and its members have
experience of overcoming flooding constraints and, if
required, can provide more certainty regarding site
deliverability should the Council have concerns.
The socio-economic benefits of home building cannot be
understated. In 2019 the home building sector supported
79,200 jobs, equivalent to 3.5 jobs for every home built. This
was made up of 45,000 direct jobs, 24,750 indirect jobs and
9,450 induced jobs
(link:https://homesforscotland.com/download/the-social-

Page 184

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
and-economic-benefits-of-home-building-in-scotland/).
Private sector home building is also a key contributor to the
delivery of affordable housing.
Further Comments: Homes for Scotland (HFS) has no further
comments
Formal Dispute: Homes for Scotland (HFS) does not wish to
make a formal dispute. 
Montague
Evans (on
behalf of Loch
Developments
Ltd)
Disagree –
but does
not register
as a formal
dispute
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): Loch Developments Ltd consider that
further understanding should be given to the implications of
the committed Flood Defence works, such as those in Kinross,
which will influence the flood risk data. Loch Developments
Ltd have been in dialogue with the Council’s flood team for a
number of years, on the delivery of the flood protection
scheme, in line with the redevelopment of the former BCA
site at Kinross. As a result of this, some sites including the
former BCA Site in Kinross are not expected to be at risk of
flooding following the implementation of the flood defence
works.
Further Comments: The Flooding team and Perth and Kinross
Council will be better placed to advise.
Formal Dispute: Loch Developments Ltd does not wish to
make a formal dispute. 
Agree that Kinross Flood study data should be used. It has
not been included at this stage in the SFRA as no GIS data
has been provided by the consultants yet. However, this
flood risk GIS data will be available prior to Call for Sites
and Ideas programmed for April 2025, and will inform
where an FRA will be required. 
Scottish
Water
Agree List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): Scottish Water does not disagree with
the evidence sources provided within the Topic Paper for this
Flood Risk and Water Management. However, we would
direct Perth and Kinross Council towards Scottish Water's
Climate Adaptation Plan 2024 which sets out Scottish Water's
Scottish Water's Climate Adaptation Plan 2024 has been
added to the list of evidence sources, it notably covers
flood risk to assets, and water scarcity. 
The Council also notes the complexity of the situation
surrounding water supplies within rural areas, the joint

Page 185

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
long term priorities in dealing with and adapting to climate
change which is putting pressure on our infrastructure
serving Scotland. This includes, flood risk increase, water
scarcity and drought management planning as well as
consumer water use. This plan can be located on our website
at https://www.scottishwater.co.uk/-
/media/ScottishWater/Document-Hub/Key-
Publications/Climate-
Change/290224ScottishWaterAdaptationPlan.pdf. Scottish
Water agrees with the implications for the Proposed Plan.
Further Comments: Private Water Supplies: Scottish Water
notes the reference to a presumption against Private Water
Supplies under NPF4, and where public water supplies are
available this should be first consideration for new
development. Scottish Water is supportive of this principle;
however, it must be highlighted there are large areas rurally
where there are no available public water infrastructure and
the feasibility of an applicant providing an extension to the
nearest public network would be logistically and financially
prohibitive. These developments and their long-term water
supply needs must be considered carefully from the earliest
stages of planning.
Flood Risk Management: Climate change modelling predicts
an increased risk of surface water flooding. Surface water
management planning and integrated drainage should
maximise opportunities to manage surface water close to
source and above ground – in SUDS pond & basins, swales,
raingardens and individual property level within water butts.
Scottish Water welcomes the opportunity to contribute to the
surface water management planning process for the areas
identified in the Tay Flood Risk Management Plan and will
work on surface water drainage, and the need to explore
green blue opportunities. These matters will be
considered through the preparation of the Proposed Plan. 
The Council notes Scottish Water acknowledge and
support the inclusion of datasets relating to increasing
pressures on water resources and future water scarcity
challenge and appreciate that whilst connection to public
water supply is a preference, in some instances rurally it
will not prove feasible. 
The Council welcomes the comments with regard to
surface water drainage and will continue to work closely
with Scottish Water, and SEPA with regard to integrated
drainage, and managing sewer flood risk. 
The Council also welcomes the “Team Scotland” approach
being adopted by Scottish Government as the desired
approach to address the climate crisis and notes that
Scottish Water considers that the topic paper reflected
this.

Page 186

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
continue to work closely with Perth and Kinross Council and
SEPA in this space. 
Where Scottish Water have projects to manage risk of
flooding to our customers from our sewer network, they are
exploring opportunities to apply the principles of surface
water management with blue green infrastructure to reduce
the flows entering the sewer, and where possible disconnect
surface water from the combined system. Scottish Water are
trialling this approach and monitoring how this can help to
manage the risk of sewer flooding, provide capacity for new
development and realise multiple benefits in partnership
with local authorities.
Water Scarcity and Water Resources: Scottish Water
acknowledge and support the inclusion of datasets relating to
increasing pressures on water resources and future water
scarcity challenges. Scottish Water supports a joined up,
planned and proactive approach to water resources
management. This approach must focus on the increasing
stresses of water resources being understood by all. The key
message being water must be used wisely, efficiently and
respected. 
Scottish Water’s Strategic Plan recognises the critical
contribution we play in ensuring there is sufficient availability
of source water that can be treated for supply to our
customers, even during extreme droughts. Scottish Water will
continue to work with SEPA to identify opportunities to
collaborate with other sectors, for example using SEPA’s One
Planet Choice framework. 
A “Team Scotland” approach is already being adopted by
Scottish Government as the desired approach to address the
climate crisis and is in line with the high-level summary of this

Page 187

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
topic paper. Scottish Water will continue to work across
agencies to ensure water resources in Perth and Kinross
remain strong and resilient.
Formal Dispute: Scottish Water does not wish to make a
formal dispute. 
Gray Planning
&
Development
Ltd (On behalf
of GS Brown
Construction
Ltd)
Neither  List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): GS Brown Construction Ltd neither agree
or disagree with the evidence base and the implications for
the Proposed Plan.
Further Comments: The usefulness of the SEPA Future Flood
Mapping is accepted, however it is not 100% accurate and its
pixellated form can be difficult to follow detail. 
It is recognised that some future allocation sites in the new
LDP may not be supported owing to future flood mapping
constraints. Landowners and developers have a key role to
play in presenting future development sites for consideration
which either do not have any risk according to the Future
Flood Map and those which offer a managed or mitigation to
the risk where cross-cutting policy objectives and outcomes
(such as creation of new blue and green infrastructure, or
provision of woodlands, allotments and other land uses as
part of a mixed community). 
It is encouraging to note a Strategic Flood Risk Assessment for
PKC forms the evidence base - and that settlements at risk
and not at risk (PVAs) have been identified. Locations such as
Crieff, west Kinross, Crook of Devon and Blairgowrie appear
to be less at risk and potentially offer locations for safe longer
term growth of settlements where adaptation to climate
change can be achieved.
Appreciate at this stage that there can be some
uncertainty for stakeholders. There will be further
engagement as PKC prepare the Proposed Plan. 
It is acknowledged that SEPA Future Flood Mapping is
indicative. Agree that FRA should be undertaken prior to
potential inclusion of a site in the Proposed Plan if it might
be within an at risk area, and an amendment made to this
Evidence Report Issue acknowledge this. 
Noted that the respondent welcomes that the SFRA will
inform the Proposed Plan. This will be alongside other
considerations, principally a settlement audit and a site
assessment process. Whilst flood risk will be an important
factor, other considerations will be considered together to
inform the strategy, and site allocations of the new LDP.

Page 188

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Formal Dispute: GS Brown Construction Ltd does not wish to
make a formal dispute. 
Private
individual 
Disagree List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): Considers that the paper fails to address
the impact of proposed and existing development on
subterranean aqua flows especially in the Scone area. There
is historical evidence of this impacting on the flooding in
Scone. The SUD at the junction of CTRL and A94 can overflow
into the burn that floods lower Scone. The paper fails to
address possible outcomes on developing SUDs in
development or mention the Barrel Drain in Scone and the
effect it has on lower Scone, and does not cover
'deforestation' for development which impacts on surface
water and subterranean water flow. Evidence previously
been provided by Scone CC and should be recognised as part
of the evidence base.
Further Comments: Makes no further comments.
Formal Dispute: Has a formal dispute because the topic
paper does not mention 'deforestation' for development
impacting both surface water and subterranean water flows,
nor address the impact of proposed and existing
development on subterranean aqua flows especially in the
Scone area. 
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications
for Proposed Plan (PP): The SFRA acknowledges the site
requirements for H29 Scone North and planning
application progress as follows, ‘H29 Flood Risk
Assessment required, and the results may reduce the
amount of land available for development. Groundwater
flooding will need to be considered as spring and dry
valley are within the site boundary. The development of
the site must not increase the risk of flooding down
gradient and may require improvements to current
drainage arrangements off-site.’ Planning Permission in
Principle has been secured across the entire North Scone
site (16/02127/IPM). The approved Masterplan splits the
proposal into four large phases. An application approval of
matters specified in conditions for erection of 42
dwellinghouses was approved August 2019. 
LDP2 and the SFRA acknowledge the groundwater flood
risk. LDP2 has a site specific requirement to ensure the
development of the site must not increase the risk of
flooding down gradient. It is appropriate that this matter
is considered further through the application approval of
matters specified in conditions applications (AMSC), and it
is considered that sufficient evidence has been included in
the SFRA to support the preparation of the Proposed Plan. 
It is considered that sufficient evidence has been included
in the SFRA to support the preparation of the Proposed
Plan, whilst LDP2/masterplan requirements ensure in the

Page 189

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
interim that if/when AMSCs come forward, they will
include appropriate consideration and provisions for flood
risk and water storage. 
Private
Individual 
Agree List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): Respondent agrees with the evidence
and the summary of implications for the Proposed Plan.
Further Comments: With recent incidents of more frequent
& intensive rainfall causing an increase in localised flooding,
use of flood risk assessments (FRAs) will become more
important as part of planning application process. Also, good
contact with local farmers in rural areas in helping to allow
drainage after heavy rain would be of benefit. 
Formal Dispute: Respondent does not have a formal dispute. 
Agree regarding importance of FRAs at the planning
application stage. 
Earn
Community
Council
Neither List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): Earn Community Council agrees with the
evidence and the summary of implications for the Proposed
Plan.
Further Comments: Earn Community Council recognises this
is a huge piece of work, that Bridge of Earn is mentioned
often and flooding incidents well recorded. Detailed maps of
possible future areas of concern are also included. Finds it
difficult to gauge as to what depth of reporting was needed.
Earn Community Council suggest that FRA should be
implemented prior to allocation in the Proposed Plan, and a
requirement for the planning application stage, noting that
Oudenarde, is a plan that is now 20 + years old.
Notes comments on the Strategic Flood Risk assessment
scope. It is noted that the depth of reporting needed is
prescribed in the SEPA guidance sfra-guidance-for-
planning-authorities.pdf (sepa.org.uk).
Notes feedback on when FRA should be required. Agree
that FRA should be undertaken prior to potential inclusion
of a site in the Proposed Plan if it might be within an at
risk area, amendment made to the Evidence Report to
acknowledge this and SFRA (para ref 3.5 and 3.13).

Page 190

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Formal Dispute: Earn Community Council does not have a
formal dispute. 
Savill’s on
behalf of
Scone Estate
Neither List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): Scone Estate neither agree nor disagree
with the list of evidence/datasets for Topic Paper 023, and
neither agrees nor disagrees with the implications for the
Proposed Plan.
Further Comments: Notes that the SFRA will identify
potential opportunities to implement improvements to the
water environment through natural flood management and
blue green infrastructure. We would flag that landowners in
Perth and Kinross would have potential to assist with such
matters and could do so at the strategic scale. 
Scone Estate are aware that discussions on flood risk policy
are on-going between the development community, Scottish
Government and SEPA. They consider that PKC should allow
scope for any national policy change/guidance etc. which
could emerge as the LDP3 progresses. 
Formal Dispute: Scone Estate does not have a formal dispute. 
Appreciate at this stage that there can be some
uncertainty for stakeholders. There will be further
engagement as PKC prepare the Proposed Plan. 
Note and welcome comments regarding blue and green
infrastructure and role of landowners. Also noted and
agreed that any changes to national policy will need to be
considered through LDP3 preparation. 
Savill’s on
behalf of
Duplin Estate
Neither List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP): Duplin Estate neither agree nor disagree
with the list of evidence/datasets for Topic Paper 023, and
neither agrees nor disagrees with the implications for the
Proposed Plan.
Further Comments: The Perth Sustainability Park has at its
core flood risk and water management. A key part of the
development is to design catchment management for the
Appreciate at this stage that there can be some
uncertainty for stakeholders. There will be further
engagement as PKC prepare the Proposed Plan. 
Noted comments regarding Perth Sustainability Park and
this will be considered further at the Proposed plan stage.
These comments are site specific and will be addressed
beyond the Evidence Report stage.

Page 191

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Craigie Burn to alleviate flood impact on Cherrybank and
Queens Avenue residents. The management of land in the
hinterland of Perth can have a hugely positive impact on
downstream concerns. This points again to the need for close
working partnership approaches between the Council, and
landowners.
Formal Dispute: Duplin Estate does not have a formal
dispute. 
Stuart
Buchanan on
behalf of
Cardross
Asset
Management
Ltd
Disagree –
but does
not wish to
register as a
formal
dispute
List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for
Proposed Plan (PP):  Cardross Asset Management Ltd does
not indicate whether they agree or disagree with the list of
evidence/datasets, or with the implications for the Proposed
Plan.
Further Comments: There needs to be recognition that
pivotal Gate Check Reports for LDP3 require an integrated
approach from stakeholders. For example, Strategic Flood
Risk Assessments are required for the PKC area. These will
involve PKC, SEPA, Scottish Water and affected landowners so
there must be a prescriptive and inclusive approach. This is of
critical importance for Inveralmond Industrial Estate
(including LDP development site E38), where PKC is required
to advance flood protection measures. 
Formal Dispute: Cardross Asset Management Ltd does not
indicate whether they want to make a formal dispute. 
The Strategic Flood Risk Assessments (SFRA) purpose is to
inform the development planning process, and gather
evidence, primarily to avoid increasing overall flood risk,
and avoid development within NPF4 ‘at risk’ areas. The draft
SFRA was consulted on as part of the topic paper Flood Risk
and water environment which ran 8 Jul till 18 Aug 2024.This
draft was prepared by the planning authority in consultation
with Scottish Environment Protection Agency (SEPA). The
SFRA guidance prepared by SEPA suggests, ’input from
colleagues with expertise in flooding, planning, mapping,
building standards and from other organisations such as
Scottish Water and Scottish Canals may be needed prior to
finalising it.’ There is limited reason to involve landowners
when preparing the SFRA, although there has been wider
consultation, which has provided some feedback. However,
it will be important to engage with landowners and
developers, at Call for Sites and Ideas stage, envisaged for
April/May 2025. 
Surface water flood risk, and drainage matters will be
addressed at E38, as for the planning approval
19/02033/IPM, Employment use development (class 4, 5
and 6) (on allocated site E38) (in principle) the Council’s
Structures and Flooding team advised of the drainage

Page 192

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
requirements that will need to be met at the detailed
application stage, and the permission is conditioned
accordingly. The applicants IPM Flood Risk Assessment
considered drainage, and the site layout indicatively designs
the Sustainable Urban Drainage system (SUDs). PKC is not
required to advance flood protection measures for
Inveralmond Industrial Estate. A Surface Water
Management Plan (SWMP) is being prepared for Perth, and
although there is some uncertainty surrounding the
programme, it aims to complete initial study phase March
2025. Inveralmond is an identified hotspot for surface water
risk, but that does not necessarily mean that (viable)
measures will be identified and taken forward. In the current
economic climate, it will be a major challenge to bring
forward significant scale surface water flood schemes if and
where these may be identified. The consultants are going
through the options appraisal stage just now and are
conscious of this so will also look into more
localised/affordable options (which is more geared at areas
where residential properties are at risk).

Page 193

No embedded text on this page.

Page 194

Issue: Health and Safety
Corresponding NPF4 Policy/Policies:
National Planning Framework 4, Policy 23: Health and Safety
Other key NPF4 policy connections – 1: Tackling the climate and nature
crises; 2: Climate mitigation and adaptation; 6: Forestry, woodland and
trees; 11: Energy; 12: Zero waste; 13: Sustainable transport; 14: Design,
quality and place; 15: Local living and 20 minute neighbourhoods; 16:
Quality Homes; 18:Infrastructure first; 19: Heat and cooling; 20: Blue and
green infrastructure; 21: Play, recreation and sport; 22: Flood risk and
water management; 24: Digital infrastructure; 26: Business and industry;
27: City, town, local, and commercial centres; 28: Retail; 31: Culture and
creativity; and 33: Minerals
Corresponding Perth and Kinross LDP3 Topic Paper:
Topic Paper 024: Health and Safety
https://consult.pkc.gov.uk/communities/copy-of-
topicpapers2/supporting_documents/TP024%20Health%20and%20safety.
pdf  
Information required by the Act and NPF4 regarding the topic:
The size, composition health and distribution of the population of the
district, the health needs of the population of the district, the
infrastructure of the district (including health care facilities) and how that
infrastructure is used.  For information, the principal infrastructure
characteristics of the area are dealt with under Infrastructure.
NPF4 Policy 23 expects LDPs to ‘…create healthier places for people.’
The policy intent for Policy 23 is noted as:
• To protect people and places from environmental harm, mitigate
risks arising from safety hazards and encourage, promote and
facilitate development that improves health and wellbeing. 
The policy outcomes for Policy 23 are:
• Health is improved and health inequalities are reduced.
• Safe places protect human health and the environment.
• A planned approach supports health infrastructure delivery.
The Scottish Government’s Local Development Plan Guidance under its
‘Step by step guide’ provides advice on relevant evidence for the NPF4
policy topics to help planning authorities in considering the national
planning policies when preparing their Evidence Report.  
With respect to NPF4 Policy 23, the Guidance advises that planning
authorities are expected to seek to tackle health inequalities particularly in
places which are experiencing the most disadvantage. They should identify
the health and social care services, and infrastructure needed in the area,
including potential for co-location of complementary services, in
partnership with Health Boards and Health and Social Care Partnerships.
LDPs should create healthier places, for example: through opportunities
for exercise, healthier lifestyles, land for community food growing and
allotments, and awareness of locations of concern for suicides. Spatial
Strategies should maintain appropriate distances between sites with
hazardous substances and areas where the public are likely to be present
and areas of particular natural sensitivity or interest.

Page 195

Evidence relating to the health needs of the population of the district, how
that infrastructure is used and a summary of the implications for the
Proposed Plan is set out in Appendix D, issue D4 Healthcare Infrastructure.
Links to Evidence:
Major Hazard sites
Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan (2019): maps shown in
Appendix 3 pages 338-346
Health and Safety Executive (HSE)'s Planning Advice Web App
Pipeline safeguarding
United Kingdom Onshore Pipeline Operators’ Association Good Practice
Guides
Locations of concern for suicide
Suicide Prevention Action Plan
National Guidance on Action to Address Suicides at Locations of Concern
Air Quality
Perth Air Quality Action Plan (2009) 
Crieff Air Quality Management Area revocation order
Air Quality Annual Progress Report (2024) 
Airfield Safeguarding
Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan Airfield Safeguarding
Supplementary Guidance (2020)
Scottish Government Planning Circular 2/2003 (revised) safeguarded
aerodromes, technical sites and military explosives areas
Coal mining
Mining Remediation Authority Planning maps
Summary of Evidence:
Major Hazard sites
There are nine major hazard sites designated in the Local Development
Plan area. They are in Perth city with several around the harbour area and
the remainder in the city’s employment areas. These sites are designated
because they are used for the storage or processing of hazardous
substances.
To mitigate any risks that present from the use of these sites, a health and
safety consultation zone is designated around each site.
The purpose of designating consultation zones around major hazard sites is
to ensure that the advice of the Health and Safety Executive and the
facility’s operators and owners is sought on the suitability of any proposals
for development in the consultation zone of a notifiable installation, or for
any new notifiable installation in the Plan area.
The consultation zones around major hazard sites safeguarded in the LDP
area are illustrated in Appendix 3 of the Local Development Plan. They are
designated as follows:
• Flogas Britain Ltd (site ref H0605)
• Transco Perth Holder Station (site ref H1649)
• Marley Building Materials, Errol Brickworks (site ref H2000)

Page 196

• BFL Calport of Perth (site ref H2085)
• Daltrade Ltd, Perth Harbour (site ref H3372 Rev1)
• Calport of Perth (site ref H3375 Rev1)
• Morris Young (Perth) Ltd (site ref H3461)
• Central Storage Perth Ltd (site ref H4107)
• Tan International Limited (site ref H4596 Rev1)
There have been no recent changes to the consultation zones around
major hazards and no new designations since the adoption of the Local
Development Plan. The Health and Safety Executive has requested that
Perth and Kinross Council review three sites of those sites above where
Hazardous Substances Consents remain extant but are unused and are
unlikely to used in the future. These are at Morris Young (Perth); Daltrade
Ltd; and Calport of Perth – all located at the Perth Harbour area. 
For the Proposed Plan, it is proposed to engage each of the facility owners
and operators to check whether existing safeguarding arrangements are
appropriate, and whether any expansion plans are in place for new or
existing sites. For the three identified sites, we will engage in dialogue with
the current Consent holders. Should it be found that there is no
substantive risk to the public because Hazardous Substances are not
present or likely to be present in future then the Council will explore if
there is willingness for the Consent to be revoked, potentially allowing
deletion of these consultation zones.
It is also proposed to check with the Health and Safety Executive that the
safeguarding maps for the remaining sites currently held are sufficient.
Pipeline safeguarding
The purpose of designating pipeline safeguarding zones under LDP Policy
54 is to ensure that advice is sought from the pipeline facility’s operators
and owners as to the suitability of any proposals for development that
might affect the safe operation of the pipeline. 
The LDP area contains pipeline consultation zones for: 
• INEOS pipeline
• Shell pipeline
• National Grid pipeline
• Scotland Gas Networks pipeline
There have been no recent changes to the pipeline consultation zones and
no new designations since the adoption of the Local Development Plan.
For the Proposed Plan, it is proposed to engage each of the pipeline
owners and operators to check whether existing safeguarding consultation
zone arrangements are appropriate.
Locations of concern for suicide
This is a relatively new requirement for Local Development Plans to be
prepared with an awareness of location of concern for suicide. Public
Health Scotland has published national guidance on action to address
suicides at locations of concern that includes practical guidance for
planning considerations, which will be used when preparing the Proposed
Plan. 
The views of the Council’s suicide prevention officer and the Health and
Social Care partnership have been sought as to what information is held in
respect of locations of concern and how this may inform the preparation of
the Proposed Plan.

Page 197

It has been identified that there are locations of concern in the Proposed
Plan area, and at the time of preparing the Proposed Plan information
about these locations of concern will need to be sensitively taken into
consideration. The evidence report has not published information about
locations of concern. 
If necessary for the Proposed Plan, we expect to seek views from land
owners and infrastructure operators, with the co-operation of Council
officers and the Health and Social Care partnership. 
We will also use information from Scotland’s suicide prevention action
plan, and the national guidance on action to address suicides at locations
of concern from Public Health Scotland when preparing the Proposed Plan.
Air quality
The Council’s duty to improve air quality in the LDP area is set out in LDP
Policy 57. The policy aims to prevent the creation of new pollution
hotspots, and to prevent introduction of new human exposure where
there could be existing poor air quality.
The policy aims to support low emission technologies. It also seeks to
address the gradual worsening in air quality that might take place caused
by the cumulative impact of many small developments. Mitigation
measures include both on and off-site design measures and promote the
use of a hierarchy of transport measures that favour active travel.
The Local Development Plan policy applies throughout the LDP area and is
supported by statutory Supplementary Guidance setting out how air
quality will be considered when determining planning applications.
The Council has designated an Air Quality Management Areas in Perth city.
The Air Quality Management Area has an Air Quality Action Plan with
specific measures to assess, monitor and improve air quality over the long
term. Annual monitoring reports are used to report progress on
improvements to air quality, and the Air Quality Action Plan is periodically
reviewed.
Crieff has previously been the subject of an Air Quality Management Area
with an associated Action Plan. However, having conducted a review and
assessment of air quality in Crieff, the Council is satisfied that the air
quality objectives in respect of the Nitrogen Dioxide annual mean and Fine
Particles annual mean objectives as specified in The Air Quality (Scotland)
Regulations 2000 (as amended) will be met. This has resulted in the
revocation of Crieff’s Air Quality Management Area.
Airfield safeguarding
The purpose of safeguarding an airfield is to protect both the airspace over
and around it. Development in the vicinity of the airfield may adversely
affect its safe operation. It is therefore appropriate that steps are taken to
protect those locations by establishing an agreed consultation procedure
between the airfield operators and the planning authority. The existing
arrangements for this are set out in the LDP2 Policy 61 Airfield
Safeguarding, supported by the Airfield Safeguarding Supplementary
Guidance (March 2020).
There are two types of airfields that could be affected by development in
the LDP area, licensed and unlicensed airfields.

Page 198

Licensed airfields, such as Perth Airport at Scone, and Dundee Airport, are
already safeguarded in line with CAA document CAP168 ‘Licensing of
Aerodromes’ and the LDP need not duplicate this.
Unlicensed airfields, of which there are five in the LDP area, are
safeguarded in line with CAA document CAP 793 ‘Safe Operating Practices
at Unlicensed Aerodromes’ and will require continued designation of a
safeguarding zone around each. The Supplementary Guidance identifies
these as:
• Balado Airfield
• Errol Airfield *
• Methven Airfield
• Portmoak Airfield
• Strathallan Airfield
* Note: for Errol airfield, planning permission has been granted for
residential development within the boundaries of the airfield, and on
implementation of this permission the airfield safeguarding for Errol would
need reviewed and may be no longer necessary.
For the Proposed Plan, it is proposed to engage with each of the airfield
operators to check whether the existing safeguarding arrangements
remain sufficient and appropriate. It is also proposed that the Licensed
airfield operators be asked to confirm whether existing safeguarding maps
held by the planning authority continue to reflect their requirements.
It will also be necessary to consider whether some or all the content of the
adopted LDP Policy and Supplementary Guidance will need to be
incorporated into a new LDP policy or planning guidance moving forward.
Coal Mining
The Mining Remediation Authority (formerly called the Coal Authority)
holds coal mining data in a national database, and this provides
information on legacy constraints as to whether land or property is
affected by coal mining, whether it is located in a high risk area, and
whether it contains coal and mine entries on or near the surface.
This information is important when assessing development risk.
The Mining Remediation Authority has produced a detailed interactive
map showing the coal related risks in the area. There are two areas in
Perth and Kinross where proposed development is identified as being at
risk of being affected by coal mining. These are identified on the Mining
Remediation Authority maps. The first is an area east and south of
Blairingone; and the second is around land south and west of Loch Leven.
Areas are divided into land where development is at high risk of being
affected, and where the risk is low.
The Local Development Plan takes into account the risk that legacy coal
mining presents to development. LDP2 Policy 58B Unstable Land
specifically requires applicants to demonstrate that land can be made safe
and stable where development is proposed on land defined as at risk of
being affected by coal mining.
NPF4 Policy 9 Brownfield, vacant and derelict land and empty buildings
also contains a similar requirement in part (c) of the policy where land is
known or suspected to be unstable.

Page 199

The Mining Remediation Authority is a regular consultee for planning
applications in the areas where development is likely to be affected by
legacy constraints resulting from coal mining.
Summary of Implications for the Proposed Plan:
Air Quality
For the Proposed Plan, it will be necessary to consider whether the content
of the Supplementary Guidance will need to be incorporated into a locally
tailored policy on Air Quality to complement the National Planning
Framework policies.
The Council has a responsibility to monitor and improve air quality and
while it is recognised that air quality now forms part of NPF4 Policy 23
Health and safety, there may be an ongoing role for a locally-tailored policy
or planning guidance to address local air quality issues, including in the
Perth Air Quality Management Plan, and relating to our monitoring
requirements.
The Perth Air Quality Management Plan has recently been reviewed and is
expected to be published later in 2025. The Proposed Plan will need to
address the actions set out in the revised plan. This may include
• gathering evidence on whether there is a need to address pollution
from stoves and boilers in the air quality management area
• examining whether emissions from vehicles can be reduced through
encouraging low car developments
• although the Air Quality Management Plan is not expected to
introduce a need for a Low Emissions Zone in Perth, this issue was
last considered in 2020 and may have been raised again in
consultation so may require examination again in the future.
The Crieff Air Quality Management Area was revoked in 2024 following a
review, and the Proposed Plan will need to reflect those changes.
Airfield safeguarding
Licensed airfields are already safeguarded as described earlier so the
Proposed Plan need not duplicate this.
However, the five unlicensed airfields are safeguarded by the Local
Development Plan policy and associated Supplementary Guidance. This
means that the Proposed Plan will require to continue the designation of a
safeguarding zone around each unlicensed airfield. The Proposed Plan will
also need to consider whether the contents of the Airfield Safeguarding
Supplementary Guidance will need to be incorporated into Local
Development Plan policy or remain as planning guidance.
Coal Mining
The Local Development Plan will need to maintain an awareness of the
areas of the Plan that are at risk of being affected by coal mining. It will
need to consider whether it should contain a Local Development Plan
policy specifically addressing unstable land (including areas where
development is at risk of being affected by coal mining).
Gaps, Uncertainties or Key Issues Raised:
Safeguarding Zones around major hazard sites, major accident pipelines,
and airfields will need to be checked to ensure they remain appropriate.

Page 200

Locations of concern for suicide risk will need to be sensitively taken into
consideration when preparing the Proposed Plan. 
Once published, the measures contained in the Perth Air Quality
Management Plan will need to be incorporated into the Proposed Plan.
Summary of Stakeholder Engagement:
The Council produced a series of LDP3 Evidence Report Topic Papers,
covering the individual subject matters of NPF4’s suite of national planning
policies. These papers, which set out the evidence the Council has
gathered to help produce our Evidence Report and which we hope to use
to prepare our Proposed Plan, were published on the Council’s
Consultation Hub and open for comments for a period of six weeks during
July and August 2024. As part of our consultation process for LDP3 Topic
Papers we welcomed the views of our key stakeholders and the public at
large on the sufficiency of the evidence gathered, our interpretation of the
implications of that evidence to the Proposed Plan, and on how we intend
to use that evidence to develop our Proposed Plan. 
Statements of Agreement/ Dispute 
Three responses were received on our Health and safety topic paper. One
response was from The Coal Authority (now the Mining Remediation
Authority); one submitted on behalf of Shell UK, one of the major hazard
pipeline operators; and one on behalf of a Community Council.
A summary of these comments, their status and, and the Council’s
response is provided in the following table. There were no responses that
the respondents wished to be treated as a formal dispute to the Evidence
Report.

Page 201

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
The Coal
Authority
Neither List of Evidence/Datasets and Summary of Implications for PP:
Has no specific comments to make, save to highlight the coal
mining legacy in the LDP area.
Summary of Implications for the Proposed Plan: It is hoped that
any new LDP includes appropriate policies in respect of land
instability and the risks arising from past coal mining activity to
ensure that new development is safe and stable.
Further Comments: The Coal Authority has records that indicate
there are recorded coal mining features present at surface and
shallow depth including: mine entries, coal workings and
reported surface hazards. These features may pose a potential
risk to surface stability and public safety
Formal Dispute: No.
The Council welcomes the Coal Authority’s
comments, and the need for an appropriate
Development Plan policy in respect of land
instability and the risks arising from past coal
mining activity 
One of the outcomes of NPF4 Policy 9 on
brownfield, vacant and derelict land and empty
buildings is that development is directed to the
right locations. Part c) of the policy states that
‘…where land is known or suspected to be
unstable or contaminated, development
proposals will demonstrate that the land is, or
can be made, safe and suitable for the proposed
new use…’ 
The NPF4 policy addresses the Coal Authority’s
suggestion for a Development Plan policy
covering land instability, and it is considered
unnecessary to provide a duplicate policy in the
Proposed LDP.

Page 202

Respondent Agree or
Dispute
Summary of Comments PKC’s Response
Shell UK
Limited
Agree List of Evidence/Datasets: Agree, but also suggest PKC refer to
the UKOPA Good Practice Guides, and in particular the guide
covering requirements for the siting and installation of wind
turbine installations in the vicinity of buried pipelines
(UKOPA/GP/013 Edition 1 June 2017)
Summary of Implications for the Proposed Plan: Agree
Further Comments: Welcome further engagement with pipeline
operators at the Evidence Report stage
Formal Dispute: No
The Good Practice Guides will be used in the
preparation of the Proposed Plan.
The Council will carry out further engagement
with pipeline operators and the UKOPA in the
preparation of the Proposed Plan.
Earn
Community
Council
Neither List of Evidence/Datasets: Agree
Summary of Implications for the Proposed Plan: N/A
Further Comments: No
Formal Dispute: No
No response necessary